MODULE HANDBOOK

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor Data Science (FI-BADSC)

180 ECTS

Distance Learning
2

Classification: Undergraduate

www.iu.org
 3

Contents

1. Semester

Module DLBDSIDS: Introduction to Data Science

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Course DLBDSIDS01: Introduction to Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Module DLBCSIAW: Introduction to Academic Work

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Course DLBCSIAW01: Introduction to Academic Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Module DLBDSIPWP: Introduction to Programming with Python

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Course DLBDSIPWP01: Introduction to Programming with Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Module DLBDSMFC: Mathematics: Analysis

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Course DLBDSMFC01: Mathematics: Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Module DLBCSCW: Collaborative Work

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Course DLBCSCW01: Collaborative Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Module DLBDSSPDS: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Course DLBDSSPDS01: Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

2. Semester

Module DLBDSOOFPP: Object Oriented and Functional Programming with Python

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Course DLBDSOOFPP01: Object oriented and functional programming in Python . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Module DLBDSMFLA: Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Course DLBDSMFLA01: Mathematics: Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Module DLBCSIDM: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Course DLBCSIDM01: Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

www.iu.org
4

Module DLBDSSIS: Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Course DLBDSSIS01: Statistics - Inferential Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Module DLBCSDMDS: Database Modeling and Database Systems

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Course DLBCSDMDS01: Database Modeling and Database Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Module DLBDSPBDM: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Course DLBDSPBDM01: Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

3. Semester

Module DLBCSEBI1: Business Intelligence

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Course DLBCSEBI01: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Module DLBCSEBI2: Project: Business Intelligence

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Course DLBCSEBI02: Project: Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Module DLBDSMLSL: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Course DLBDSMLSL01: Machine Learning - Supervised Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Module DLBDSMLUSL: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Course DLBDSMLUSL01: Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering . . . . . . 113

Module DLBDSDSSE: Data Science Software Engineering

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Course DLBDSDSSE01: Data Science Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Module DLBDSMTP: Project: From Model to Production

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Course DLBDSMTP01: Project: From Model to Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

4. Semester

Module DLBCSAPM: Agile Project Management

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Course DLBCSAPM01: Agile Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

www.iu.org
 5

Module DLBDSBDT: Big Data Technologies

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Course DLBDSBDT01: Big Data Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Module DLBDSDQDW: Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Course DLBDSDQDW01: Data Quality and Data Wrangling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Module DLBDSEDAV: Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Course DLBDSEDAV01: Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Module DLBDSCC: Cloud Computing

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Course DLBDSCC01: Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Module DLBDSSECDS: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Course DLBDSSECDS01: Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

5. Semester

Module DLBDSTSA: Time Series Analysis

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Course DLBDSTSA01: Time Series Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Module DLBDSNNDL: Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Course DLBDSNNDL01: Neural Nets and Deep Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Module DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Course DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Course DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Module DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Course DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Course DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Module DLBDSEAIS: AI Specialist

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Course DLBDSEAIS01: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Course DLBDSEAIS02: Project: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

www.iu.org
6

Module DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Course DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Course DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Module DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Course DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Course DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Module DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Course DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Course DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Module DLBDSEFSM: Financial Services Management

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Course DLBDSEFSM01: Financial Services Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Course DLBDSEFSM02: Financial Services Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Module DLBDSESF: Smart Factory

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Course DLBDSESF01: Smart Factory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Course DLBDSESF02: Smart Factory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Module DLBDSEAR: Automation and Robotics

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Course DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Course DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Module DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Course DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Course DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

6. Semester

Module DLBDSEDE: Data Engineer

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Course DLBDSEDE01: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
Course DLBDSEDE02: Project: Data Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Module DLBDSEDA: Data Analyst

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

www.iu.org
 7

Course DLBDSEDA01: Advanced Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Course DLBDSEDA02: Project: Data Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

Module DLBDSEAIS: AI Specialist

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Course DLBDSEAIS01: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Course DLBDSEAIS02: Project: Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Module DLBDSEIMB: International Marketing and Branding

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Course DLBDSEIMB01: International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Course DLBDSEIMB02: International Brand Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Module DLBDSEAS: Applied Sales

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Course DLBDSEAS01: Applied Sales I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Course DLBDSEAS02: Applied Sales II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Module DLBDSESCM: Supply Chain Management

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Course DLBDSESCM01: Supply Chain Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Course DLBDSESCM02: Supply Chain Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Module DLBDSEFSM: Financial Services Management

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Course DLBDSEFSM01: Financial Services Management I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Course DLBDSEFSM02: Financial Services Management II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Module DLBDSESF: Smart Factory

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Course DLBDSESF01: Smart Factory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Course DLBDSESF02: Smart Factory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Module DLBDSEAR: Automation and Robotics

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Course DLBDSEAR01: Production Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Course DLBDSEAR02: Automation and Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Module DLBDSEAD: Autonomous Driving

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Course DLBDSEAD01: Self-Driving Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Course DLBDSEAD02: Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391

Module DLFSWG: Foreign Language German

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

www.iu.org
8

Course DLFSWG01: Certificate Course German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Course DLFSG01: Foreign Language German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Module DLFSWI_E: Foreign Language Italian

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Course DLFSWI01_E: Certificate Course Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Course DLFSI01_E: Foreign Language Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Module DLFSWF_E: Foreign Language French

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Course DLFSWF01_E: Certificate Course French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Course DLFSF01_E: Foreign Language French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

Module DLFSWS_E: Foreign Language Spanish

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Course DLFSWS01_E: Certificate Course Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Course DLFSS01_E: Foreign Language Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Module DLBCSIDPITS: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Course DLBCSIDPITS01: Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Module DLBDSME: Model Engineering

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Course DLBDSME01: Model Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Module DLBSG_E: Studium Generale

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Course DLBSG01_E: Studium Generale I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Course DLBSG02_E: Studium Generale II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Module DLBBT: Bachelor Thesis

Module Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Course DLBBT01: Bachelor Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
Course DLBBT02: Colloquium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

2020-02-01

www.iu.org
1. Semester
 DLBDSIDS 11

Introduction to Data Science

Module Code: DLBDSIDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Introduction to Data Science)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Data Science (DLBDSIDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to data science
▪ Data
▪ Data science in business
▪ Statistics
▪ Machine learning

www.iu.org
12 DLBDSIDS

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Data Science
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ define data science and its relation to other fields.
▪ comprehend data science activities.
▪ recognize the origins of data and the challenges of working with data.
▪ understand how data science methods are integrated into business settings.
▪ grasp fundamental statistical concepts.
▪ appreciate the importance of machine learning in data science.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIDS01 13

Introduction to Data Science

Course Code: DLBDSIDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Data science emerged as a multi-disciplinary field aimed at creating value from data. This course
starts with an overview of data science and related fields and then defines data types and
sources. Special focus is put on the assessment of data quality and electronic data processing.Use
of data-driven methods has become vital for businesses, and this course outlines how data-driven
approaches can be integrated within a business context and how operational decisions can be
made using data-driven methods.Finally, this course highlights the importance of statistics and
machine learning in the field of data science and gives an overview of relevant methods and
approaches.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ define data science and its relation to other fields.

▪ comprehend data science activities.
▪ recognize the origins of data and the challenges of working with data.
▪ understand how data science methods are integrated into business settings.
▪ grasp fundamental statistical concepts.
▪ appreciate the importance of machine learning in data science.

Contents
1. Introduction to Data Science
1.1 Definition of the term „data science“
1.2 Data science and related fields
1.3 Data science activities

2. Data
2.1 Data types and data sources
2.2 The 5Vs of data
2.3 Data curation and data quality
2.4 Data engineering

www.iu.org
14 DLBDSIDS01

3. Data Science in Business

3.1 Identification of use cases
3.2 Performance evaluation
3.3 Data-driven operational decisions
3.4 Cognitive biases

4. Statistics
4.1 Importance of statistics for data science
4.2 Important statistical concepts

5. Machine Learning
5.1 Role of machine learning in data science
5.2 Overview of machine learning approaches

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Akerkar, R., & Sajja, P. S. (2016). Intelligent techniques for data science. New York, NY: Springer
International Publishing.
▪ Hodeghatta, U. R., & Nayak, U. (2017). Business analytics using R—A practical approach. New
York, NY: Apress Publishing.
▪ Runkler, T. A. (2012). Data analytics: Models and algorithms for intelligent data analysis. New
York, NY: Springer.
▪ Skiena, S. S. (2017). The data science design manual. New York, NY: Springer International
Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIDS01 15

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSIDS01
 DLBCSIAW 17

Introduction to Academic Work

Module Code: DLBCSIAW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

s. Curriculum/see none BA 5 150 h
curriculum

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in

s. Curriculum/see Minimum WiSe/SoSe
curriculum 1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Maya Stagge (Introduction to Academic Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Academic Work (DLBCSIAW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Workbook
Study Format: Distance Learning
Workbook

Weight of Module
s. Curriculum/see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Scientific Theoretical Foundations and Research Paradigms
▪ Application of Good Scientific Practice
▪ Methodology
▪ Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management
▪ Forms of Scientific Work at IUBH

www.iu.org
18 DLBCSIAW

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Academic Work
Nach erfolgreichem Abschluss sind die Studierenden in der Lage,/On successful completion,
students will be able to
▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.
▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
the field of Methods Management field

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 19

Introduction to Academic Work

Course Code: DLBCSIAW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The application of good scientific practice is one of the basic academic qualifications that should
be acquired while studying. This course deals with the distinction between everyday knowledge
and science. This requires a deeper understanding of the theory of science, as well as the
knowledge of basic research methods and instruments for writing scientific texts. The students
therefore gain initial insight into academic research and are introduced to the basic knowledge
that will help them in the future to produce scientific papers. In addition, the students receive an
overview of the different IU examination forms and insight into their requirements and
implementation.

Course Outcomes
Nach erfolgreichem Abschluss sind die Studierenden in der Lage,/On successful completion,
students will be able to

▪ understand and apply formal criteria of a scientific work.

▪ distinguish basic research methods and identify criteria of good scientific practice.
▪ describe central scientific theoretical basics and research paradigms and their effects on
scientific research results.
▪ use literature databases, literature administration programs, and other library structures
properly; avoid plagiarism; and apply citation styles correctly.
▪ apply the evidence criteria to scientific texts.
▪ define a research topic and derive a structure for scientific texts.
▪ compile a list of literature, illustrations, tables, and abbreviations for scientific texts.
▪ understand and distinguish between the different forms of scientific work at IU.

Contents
1. Theory of Science
1.1 Introduction to Science and Research
1.2 Research Paradigms
1.3 Fundamental Research Decisions
1.4 Effects of Scientific Paradigms on Research Design

www.iu.org
20 DLBCSIAW01

2. Application of Good Scientific Practice

2.1 Research Ethics
2.2 Evidence Teaching
2.3 Data Protection and Affidavit
2.4 Orthography and Shape
2.5 Identification and Delimitation of Topics
2.6 Research Questions and Structure

3. Research Methods
3.1 Empirical Research
3.2 Literature and Reviews
3.3 Quantitative Data Collection
3.4 Qualitative Data Collection
3.5 Mix of Methods
3.6 Critique of Methods and Self-Reflection

4. Librarianship: Structure, Use, and Literature Management

4.1 Plagiarism Prevention
4.2 Database Research
4.3 Literature Administration
4.4 4.4 Citation and Author Guidelines
4.5 4.5 Bibliography

5. Scientific Work at the IU – Research Essay

6. Scientific Work at the IU - Project Report

7. Scientific Work at the IU - Case Study

8. Scientific Work at the IU - Bachelor Thesis

9. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Assignment

10. Scientific Work at the IU – Oral Project Report

11. Scientific Work at the IU - Colloquium

12. Scientific Work at the IU - Portfolio

13. Scientific Work at the IU - Exam

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 21

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ American Psychological Association. (2010). Publication Manual of the American Psychological
Association. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.
▪ Braunecker, C. (2016). How to do Empirie, how to do SPSS: eine Gebrauchsanleitung. Vienna,
Austria: UTB.
▪ Döring, N. & Bortz, J. (2016). Forschungsmethoden und evaluation: Für human- und
sozialwissenschaftler (5th ed). Heidelberg, Germany: Springer Medizin.
▪ Cole, T., Duval, D. T., & Shaw, G. (2013). Student's guide to writing dissertations and theses in
tourism studies and related disciplines. New York, NY: Routledge.
▪ Hug, T. & Poscheschnik, G. (2015). Empirisch forschen (2nd ed.). Vienna, Austria: Huter & Roth
KG.
▪ Meriam Library at California State University Chico. (2010). Evaluating information: Applying
the CRAAP Test [PDF File]. (available free online)
▪ Rea, L. M. & Parker, R. A. (2014). Designing and conducting survey research: A comprehensive
guide (4th ed.). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass

www.iu.org
22 DLBCSIAW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Workbook

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIAW01 23

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Workbook

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBCSIAW01
 DLBDSIPWP 25

Introduction to Programming with Python

Module Code: DLBDSIPWP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Dr. Reza Shahbazfar (Introduction to Programming with Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Programming with Python (DLBDSIPWP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Python as a programming language for data science
▪ Variables and built-in datatypes
▪ Statements and functions
▪ Error and exception handling
▪ Important Python data science modules

www.iu.org
26 DLBDSIPWP

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Programming with Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ use fundamental Python syntax.
▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIPWP01 27

Introduction to Programming with Python

Course Code: DLBDSIPWP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course provides students with a foundational understanding of the Python programming
language. Following an introductory exposition to the importance of Python for data science-
related programming tasks, students will be acquainted with fundamental programming concepts
like variables, data types, and statements. Building on this basis, the important notion of a
function is explained and errors, exception handling, and logging are explicated. The course
concludes with an overview of the most widely-used library packages for data science.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ use fundamental Python syntax.

▪ recollect common elementary data types.
▪ recognize foundational programming concepts and their realization in Python.
▪ understand error handling and logging.
▪ create working programs.
▪ list the most important libraries and packages for data science.

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Why Python?
1.2 Obtaining and installing Python
1.3 The Python interpreter , IPython, and Jupyter

2. Variables and Data Types

2.1 Variables and value assignment
2.2 Numbers
2.3 Strings
2.4 Collections
2.5 Files

www.iu.org
28 DLBDSIPWP01

3. Statements
3.1 Assignment, expressions, and print
3.2 Conditional statements
3.3 Loops
3.4 Iterators and comprehensions

4. Functions
4.1 Function declaration
4.2 Scope
4.3 Arguments

5. Errors and Exceptions

5.1 Errors
5.2 Exception handling
5.3 Logs

6. Modules and Packages

6.1 Usage
6.2 Namespaces
6.3 Documentation
6.4 Popular data science packages

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Barry, P. (2016). Head first Python: A brain-friendly guide. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Kapil, S. (2019). Clean Python: Elegant coding in Python. Berkeley, CA: Apress.
▪ Lubanovic, B. (2019). Introducing Python (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013). Learning Python (5th ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Matthes, E. (2015). Python crash course: A hands-on, project-based introduction to
programming. San Fransisco, CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Müller, A. C., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015). Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. Sebastopol, CA:
O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSIPWP01 29

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
30 DLBDSIPWP01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC 31

Mathematics: Analysis
Module Code: DLBDSMFC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Robert Graf (Mathematics: Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Analysis (DLBDSMFC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Sequences and series
▪ Functions & reverse functions
▪ differential calculus
▪ integral calculus

www.iu.org
32 DLBDSMFC

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.
▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
the field of Methods fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC01 33

Mathematics: Analysis
Course Code: DLBDSMFC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Analysis is one of the essential basic subjects of mathematics. Originally developed to be able to
formulate and solve problems of classical mechanics mathematically, in its present rigorous form
it has become indispensable in numerous applications in the natural sciences and technology.
This module aims to introduce the basic hand tool of differential and integral calculus and to
explain their mutual interrelations. In addition, the differential calculus is generalized to
multidimensional spaces.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ summarize the basic concepts of analysis.

▪ illustrate the terms "consequences" and "series".
▪ explain the concept of function and to understand the concept of the inverse function.
▪ explain basic statements of the differential and integral calculus.
▪ explain the relationship between differentiation and integration.
▪ master the derivation of higher-dimensional functions.

Contents
1. Sequences and series
1.1 Sequences and series
1.2 Convergence of infinite series
1.3 power series

2. Functions and reverse functions

2.1 Continuous functions
2.2 Exponential and logarithm function
2.3 Trigonometric functions and their inverse functions

3. Differential calculus
3.1 Derivatives and higher derivatives
3.2 curve discussion
3.3 Rules (chain rule, product rule, quotient rule ...)
3.4 Taylor Rows

www.iu.org
34 DLBDSMFC01

4. Integral calculus
4.1 The Riemann Integral
4.2 Specific and indefinite integrals
4.3 The fundamental theorem of differential and integral calculus
4.4 Volumes and shells of rotary bodies
4.5 Paths and lengths

5. Differential calculus in the Rn

5.1 Partial Derivation
5.2 Total Derivation
5.3 Gradients of vector-valued functions and matrices

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Deisenroth, M.P., Faisal, A.A., & Ong, C.S. (2020). Mathematics for Machine Learning. Cambridge
University Press.
▪ Magnus, R. (2020). Fundamental Mathematical Analysis. Springer International Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFC01 35

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFC01
 DLBCSCW 37

Collaborative Work
Module Code: DLBCSCW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Karin Halbritter (Collaborative Work)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Collaborative Work (DLBCSCW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Oral Assignment
Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Self-Directed and Collaborative Learning
▪ Networking and Cooperation
▪ Performance in (Virtual) Teams
▪ Communication, Arguments, and Being Convincing
▪ Potentials for Conflict and Managing Conflicts
▪ Self-Management and Personal Skills

www.iu.org
38 DLBCSCW

Learning Outcomes
Collaborative Work
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
fields of Business Administration & Management Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 39

Collaborative Work
Course Code: DLBCSCW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The course supports the students in building up and expanding important interdisciplinary
competences for our networked world, and in doing so, students can take advantage of the
opportunities for constructive cooperation with others. It presents essential forms and design
possibilities of collaborative learning and working, imparts basic knowledge and tools for self-
managed, flexible, and creative thinking, learning and acting and familiarizes students with the
topics of empathy and emotional intelligence. Students are also encouraged to use the course
contents. In this way, they promote their autonomous competence to act and their competence in
the interactive application of tools and in interacting in heterogeneous groups.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ design their own learning processes both self-directed and collaborative with analog and
digital media.
▪ initiate face-to-face and virtual cooperation and select suitable methods for shaping
collaboration even in an intercultural context and across disciplinary boundaries.
▪ assess different forms of communication in relation to the goals and requirements of
different situations and to reflect on their own communication and argumentation behavior
in order to be able to shape conducive collaboration also in an interdisciplinary context.
▪ recognize social diversity including cultural and professional differences as a value, and to
name and apply tools to deal with them constructively.
▪ explain conflict potentials and the role of emotions in conflicts and to describe the use of
systemic methods in the target- and solution-oriented handling of conflicts.
▪ analyze one's own resources, present methods of self-leadership and self-motivation, and
derive appropriate strategies.

Contents
1. Learning for a Networked World in a Networked World
1.1 Requirements and Opportunities of the VUCA World
1.2 Learning, Information, and Dealing with Knowledge and Ignorance
1.3 C-Model: Collective – Collaborative – Continuous – Connected
1.4 Checking Your Own Learning Behaviour

www.iu.org
40 DLBCSCW01

2. Networking and Cooperation

2.1 Finding and Winning Suitable Cooperation Partners
2.2 Sustainable Relationships: Digital Interaction and Building Trust
2.3 Collaboration: Organizing Locally and Virtually and Using Media
2.4 Social Learning: Agile, Collaborative, and Mobile Planning of Learning Processes

3. Performance in (Virtual) Teams

3.1 Goals, Roles, Organization and Performance Measurement
3.2 Team Building and Team Flow
3.3 Scrum as a Framework for Agile Project Management
3.4 Design Thinking, Kanban, Planning Poker, Working-in-Progress-Limits & Co

4. Communicate and Convince

4.1 Communication as Social Interaction
4.2 Language, Images, Metaphors, and Stories
4.3 It's the Attitude that Counts: Open, Empathetic, and Appreciative Communication
4.4 Listen Actively - Argue - Convince - Motivate
4.5 Analyze Your Own Conversational and Argumentational Skills

5. Recognize Conflict Potentials - Handle Conflicts - Negotiate Effectively

5.1 Respecting Diversity - Seizing Opportunities
5.2 Developing Empathy for Yourself and Others
5.3 Systemic Work Solutions and Reframing
5.4 Negotiate Constructively: Finding Clear Words - Interests Instead of Positions

6. Realize Your Own Projects

6.1 Set Goals Effectively - Focus - Reflect
6.2 The Agile Use of One's Own Time
6.3 (Self-)Coaching and Inner Team
6.4 Strategies and Methods for Self-Management and Self-Motivation

7. Mobilize Your Resources

7.1 Recognizing Resources - Regulating Emotions
7.2 Reflection and Innovation - Lateral Thinking and Creativity
7.3 Transfer Strength and Willpower: Analyzing and Controlling Condition Factors

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 41

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Baber, A., Waymon, L., Alphonso, A., & Wylde, J. (2015): Strategic connections. The new face of
networking in a collaborative world. New York: AMACOM.
▪ Boulton, J. G., Allen, P. M., & Bowman, C. (2015): Embracing complexity. Strategic perspectives
for an age of turbulence. 1. ed. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press.
▪ Chang, B., & Kang, H. (2016): Challenges facing group work online. In:
Distance Education
37 (1), S. 73–88. DOI: 10.1080/01587919.2016.1154781.
▪ Duhigg, C. (2013): The power of habit. Why we do what we do and how to change. London:
Random House Books.
▪ Fisher, R., & Ury, W. (2012): Getting to yes. Negotiating an agreement without giving in.
Updated and rev., 3. ed. London: Random House Business Books.
▪ Kaats, E., & Opheij, W. (2014): Creating conditions for promising collaboration. Alliances,
networks, chains, strategic partnerships. Berlin, Heidelberg, s.l.: Springer Berlin Heidelberg
(SpringerBriefs in Business).
▪ Martin, S. J., Goldstein, N. J., & Cialdini, R. B. (2015). The small BIG: Small changes that spark
BIG influence. London, England: Profile Books.
▪ Oettingen, G. (2014). Rethinking positive thinking: Inside the new science of motivation. New
York, NY: Current.

www.iu.org
42 DLBCSCW01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBCSCW01 43

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBCSCW01
 DLBDSSPDS 45

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Module Code: DLBDSSPDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Dr. Stefan Stöckl (Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics )

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics (DLBDSSPDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Probability
▪ Random variables
▪ Joint distributions
▪ Expectation and variance
▪ Inequalities and limit theorems

www.iu.org
46 DLBDSSPDS

Learning Outcomes
Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.
▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
the field of Methods Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSPDS01 47

Statistics: Probability and Descriptive Statistics

Course Code: DLBDSSPDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Statistical description and analysis are the foundations for data-driven analysis and prediction
methods. This course introduces the fundamentals, beginning with a formal definition of
probabilities and introduction to the concepts underlying Bayesian statistics.Random variables
and probability density distributions are then discussed, as well as the concept of joint and
marginal distributions. The importance of various discrete and continuous distributions and their
applications is stressed.Characterizing distributions is an important aspect of describing the
behavior of probability distributions. Students are familiarized with expectation values, variance,
and covariance. The concepts of algebraic and central moments and moment-generating functions
complement the characterization of probability distributions.Finally, this course focuses on
important inequalities and limit theorems such as the law of large numbers or the central limit
theorem.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ define probability, random variable, and probability distribution.

▪ understand the concept of Bayesian statistics.
▪ grasp the definition of joint and marginal distributions.
▪ calculate expectation values and higher moments.
▪ comprehend important inequality equations and limit theorems.

Contents
1. Probability
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Independent events
1.3 Conditional probability
1.4 Bayesian statistics

2. Random Variables
2.1 Random Variables
2.2 Distribution functions and probability mass functions
2.3 Important discrete probability distributions
2.4 Important continous probability distributions

www.iu.org
48 DLBDSSPDS01

3. Joint Distributions
3.1 Joint distributions
3.2 Marginal distributions
3.3 Independent random variables
3.4 Conditional distributions

4. Expectation and Variance

4.1 Expectation of a random variable, conditional expectations
4.2 Variance and covariance
4.3 Expectations and variances of important probability distributions
4.4 Algebraic and central moments
4.5 Moment-generating functions

5. Inequalities and Limit Theorems

5.1 Probability inequalities
5.2 Inequalities for expectations
5.3 The law of large numbers
5.4 Central limit theorem

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Downey, A.B. (2011). Think stats (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly
▪ Kim, A. (2019). Exponential Distribution—Intuition, Derivation, and Applications. Available
online.
▪ Wasserman, L. (2004). All of Statistics: A concise course in statistical inference. New York, NY:
Springer

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSPDS01 49

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
50 DLBDSSPDS01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
2. Semester
 DLBDSOOFPP 55

Object Oriented and Functional Programming with

Python
Module Code: DLBDSOOFPP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe English
1 Semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Object oriented and functional programming in Python)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Object oriented and functional programming in Python (DLBDSOOFPP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course introduces the students to the advanced programming concepts of object orientation
and functional programming and how they are realized in the Python programming language.

www.iu.org
56 DLBDSOOFPP

Learning Outcomes
Object oriented and functional programming in Python
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.
▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSOOFPP01 57

Object oriented and functional programming in Python

Course Code: DLBDSOOFPP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course builds upon basic knowledge of Python programming (Introduction to Programming
with Python, DLBDSIPWP) and is concerned with the exposition of advanced Python programming
concepts. To this end, important notions of object-oriented programming like classes and objects
and pertaining design principles are outlined. Starting from an in-depth discussion of advanced
features of Python functions, functional programming concepts and their implementation in
Python are conveyed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain basic notions in object-oriented programming such as functions and classes.

▪ understand object-oriented programming concepts and their relation to software design and
engineering.
▪ describe advanced function concepts in Python.
▪ recognize important ideas from functional programming.
▪ recall important libraries for functional programming in Python.

Contents
▪ This course provides students with a thorough introduction to important notions and
concepts from the domain of object-oriented programming such as classes, objects,
abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, composition, and delegation.
Additionally, the functional programming paradigm and pertaining ideas like functions as
first class objects, decorators, pure functions, immutability and higher order functions are
conveyed. Pursuant to the portfolio course type, the aforementioned concepts and ideas are
explored by hands-on programming projects.

www.iu.org
58 DLBDSOOFPP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Lott, S. F. (2018): Functional Python programming: Discover the power of functional
programming, generator functions, lazy evaluation, the built-in itertools library, and monads.
2nd ed., Packt Publishing, Birmingham.
▪ Lutz, M. (2013): Learning Python. 5th ed., O'Reilly, Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Phillips, D. (2018): Python 3 object-oriented programming: Build robust and maintainable
software with object-oriented design patterns in Python 3.8. 3rd ed., Packt Publishing,
Birmingham.
▪ Ramalho, L. (2015): Fluent Python: Clear, concise, and effective programming. O'Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSOOFPP01 59

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSOOFPP01
 DLBDSMFLA 61

Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Module Code: DLBDSMFLA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Moustafa Nawito (Mathematics: Linear Algebra)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Mathematics: Linear Algebra (DLBDSMFLA01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Matrix algebra
▪ Vector spaces
▪ Linear and affine transformations
▪ Analytical geometry
▪ Matrix decomposition

www.iu.org
62 DLBDSMFLA

Learning Outcomes
Mathematics: Linear Algebra
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.
▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
the field of Methods fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFLA01 63

Mathematics: Linear Algebra

Course Code: DLBDSMFLA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Linear algebra is a fundamental subject in mathematics. Its historical origin lies in the
development of solution techniques for systems of linear equations arising from geometric
problems. Numerous scientific and engineering applications can be solved using its methods. This
course introduces the foundations of linear algebra and its basic notions like vectors and
matrices. It then builds upon this foundation by introducing the derivation of solution techniques
for problems in analytical geometry.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain fundamental notions in the domain of linear equation systems.

▪ exemplify properties of vectors and vector spaces.
▪ summarize characteristics of linear and affine mappings.
▪ identify important relations in analytical geometry.
▪ utilize different methods for matrix decomposition.

Contents
1. Fundamentals
1.1 Systems of linear equations
1.2 Matrices as compact representations of linear equations
1.3 Matrix algebra
1.4 Inverse and trace

2. Vector Spaces
2.1 Definition
2.2 Linear combination and linear dependance
2.3 Base, span, and rank

3. Linear and affine mappings

3.1 Matrix representations of linear mappings
3.2 Image and kernel
3.3 Affine spaces and sub-spaces
3.4 Affine mappings

www.iu.org
64 DLBDSMFLA01

4. Analytical Geometry
4.1 Norms
4.2 Inner and dot product
4.3 Orthogonal projections
4.4 Rotations

5. Matrix Decomposition
5.1 Determinant and trace
5.2 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors
5.3 Cholesky decomposition
5.4 Eigenvalue decomposition and diagonalisation
5.5 Singular value decomposition

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Mathai, A. M., & Haubold, H. J. (2017). Linear algebra, a course for physicists and engineers (1st
ed.) De Gruyter.
▪ Neri, F. (2019). Linear algebra for computational sciences and engineering (2nd ed.) Springer.
▪ Shilov, G. E. (1977). Linear algebra. Dover Publications.
▪ Strang, G. (2020). Introduction to linear algebra. (5th ed.) Cambridge Press.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMFLA01 65

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSMFLA01
 DLBCSIDM 67

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Module Code: DLBCSIDM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Jürgen Matthias Seeler (Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making (DLBCSIDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Case Study
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Basics of Intercultural Competence
▪ Cultural Concepts
▪ Culture and Ethics
▪ Implications of Current Ethical Problems in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity
▪ Intercultural Learning and Working
▪ Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts

www.iu.org
68 DLBCSIDM

Learning Outcomes
Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programs in the Business &
fields of Business Administration & Management Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDM01 69

Intercultural and Ethical Decision-Making

Course Code: DLBCSIDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, students acquire the necessary knowledge to understand intercultural
competencies and current developments in the fields of diversity and ethics. Students will
understand how to systematically plan and implement learning processes for the development of
competences important in these areas. First, important terms are clarified and differentiated from
each other, and cultural aspects are explained from different perspectives. In addition, students
learn that cultural issues are relevant at different levels, for example, within a state, company, or
other group. In this context, students also recognize the connection between ethics and culture
with different interdependencies. On the basis of this knowledge, students are then familiarized
with the different possibilities and potentials of intercultural and ethical learning and working.
Practical cases are used to illustrate the importance of the relationships learned for today's work
context in many companies. The students then work on a case study in which the acquired
knowledge is systematically applied.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the most important terms in the areas of interculturality, diversity, and ethics.
▪ distinguish different explanatory patterns of culture.
▪ understand culture at different levels.
▪ plan processes of intercultural learning and working.
▪ understand the interdependencies of culture and ethics.
▪ independently work on a case study on intercultural competence.

Contents
1. Basics of Intercultural and Ethical Competence to Act
1.1 Subject Areas, Terms, and Definitions
1.2 Relevance of Intercultural and Ethical Action
1.3 Intercultural Action - Diversity, Globalization, Ethics

2. Cultural Concepts
2.1 Hofstedes Cultural Dimensions
2.2 Culture Differentiation According to Hall
2.3 Locus of Control Concept to Rotter

www.iu.org
70 DLBCSIDM01

3. Culture and Ethics

3.1 Ethics - Basic Terms and Concepts
3.2 Interdependence of Culture and Ethics
3.3 Ethical Concepts in Different Regions of the World

4. Current Topics in the Area of Interculturality, Ethics, and Diversity

4.1 Digital Ethics
4.2 Equality and Equal Opportunities
4.3 Social Diversity

5. Intercultural Learning and Working

5.1 Acculturation
5.2 Learning and Working in Intercultural Groups
5.3 Strategies for Dealing with Cultural Conflicts

6. Case Studies for Cultural and Ethical Conflicts

6.1 Case Study: Interculturality
6.2 Case Study: Diversity
6.3 Case Study: Interculturality and Ethics

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Boylan, M. (Eds.). (2014). Business ethics. (2nd ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.
▪ Thomas, A., Kinast, E. U., Schroll-Machl, S. (Eds.). (2010). Handbook of intercultural
communication and cooperation. Basics and areas of application. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht .

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDM01 71

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
72 DLBCSIDM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS 73

Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Module Code: DLBDSSIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSSPDS01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Dr. Stefan Stöckl (Statistics - Inferential Statistics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Statistics - Inferential Statistics (DLBDSSIS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Point estimation
▪ Uncertainties
▪ Bayesian inference & non-parametric techniques
▪ Statistical testing
▪ Statistical decision theory

www.iu.org
74 DLBDSSIS

Learning Outcomes
Statistics - Inferential Statistics
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand point estimation methods.
▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
the field of Methods fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS01 75

Statistics - Inferential Statistics

Course Code: DLBDSSIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSSPDS01

Course Description
Statistical analysis and understanding are the foundations of data-driven methods and machine
learning approaches.This course gives a thorough introduction to point estimators and discusses
various techniques to estimate and optimize parameters. Special focus is given to a detailed
discussion of both statistical and systematic uncertainties as well as propagation of
uncertainties.Bayesian statistics is fundamental to data-driven approaches, and this course takes
a close look at Bayesian techniques such as Bayesian parameter estimation and prior probability
functions.Furthermore, this course gives an in-depth overview of statistical testing and decision
theory, focusing on aspects such as A/B testing, hypothesis testing, p-values, and multiple testing
which are fundamental to statistical analysis approaches in a broad range of practical
applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand point estimation methods.

▪ apply maximum likelihood and ordinary least squares method to estimate parameters.
▪ comprehend the concept of statistical and systematic errors.
▪ employ error propagation methods.
▪ utilize Bayesian inference and non-parametric techniques.
▪ evaluate statistical tests.
▪ grasp the fundamentals of statistical decision theory.

Contents
1. Point Estimation
1.1 Method of moments
1.2 Sufficient statistics
1.3 Maximum likelihood
1.4 Ordinary least squares
1.5 Resampling techniques

2. Uncertainties
2.1 Statistical and systematic uncertainties
2.2 Propagation of uncertainties

www.iu.org
76 DLBDSSIS01

3. Bayesian Inference & Non-parametric Techniques

3.1 Bayesian parameter estimation
3.2 Prior probability functions
3.3 Parzen windows
3.4 K-nearest-neighbours

4. Statistical Testing
4.1 A/B testing
4.2 Hypothesis tests & test statistics
4.3 P-values & confidence intervals
4.4 Multiple testing

5. Statistical Decision Theory

5.1 The risk function
5.2 Maximum likelihood, Minimax, and Bayes
5.3 Admissibility and Stein's paradox

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Wasserman, L. (2004). All of statistics: A concise course in statistical inference. Springer.
▪ Downey, A. B. (2014). Think stats (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Downey, A.B. (2013). Think bayes. O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSIS01 77

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSSIS01
 DLBCSDMDS 79

Database Modeling and Database Systems

Module Code: DLBCSDMDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ralf Kneuper (Database Modeling and Database Systems)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Database Modeling and Database Systems (DLBCSDMDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Fundamentals of relational databases
▪ Simple database queries
▪ Entity/Relationship (E/R) Diagrams
▪ database development
▪ Complex database queries across multiple tables
▪ Changing data in databases
▪ NoSQL database systems

www.iu.org
80 DLBCSDMDS

Learning Outcomes
Database Modeling and Database Systems
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Computer Science & Software Technology field(s).
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS01 81

Database Modeling and Database Systems

Course Code: DLBCSDMDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Stored data form the basis of many value chains of an information and knowledge society. The
methodical structuring of data through data schemas therefore forms an important basis for
storing information in such a way that it can be retrieved and processed quickly and easily. In
addition to the structured storage of data, structured access to large amounts of data must also
be possible.This course teaches students how to store data in relational data models and how to
access stored data with SQL. In addition to relational database systems, modern DB systems
(NoSQL) for storing and accessing data will be presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ describe the basic concepts of the relational data model and distinguish them from each
other.
▪ visually model data schemas.
▪ know SQL queries, read data from databases, change the data stock, and have experience in
their use.
▪ design, create, and modify SQL queries and data schemas for SQL databases, and have
experience using them.
▪ independently design database schemas and create database queries to solve concrete
problems.
▪ know the most important NoSQL concepts and distinguish them from each other.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Relational Databases
1.1 Basic Concepts of the Relational Data Model
1.2 Find and Delete Records in the Database
1.3 SQL and Relational Database Systems

2. Querying Data from a Single Table

2.1 Query Data (SELECT)
2.2 Query Data With Condition (WHERE)
2.3 Sort Query Output (ORDER BY)
2.4 Queries With Group Formation (GROUP BY)
2.5 Subqueries With Nested SELECT Statements

www.iu.org
82 DLBCSDMDS01

3. Conception and Modeling of Relational Databases

3.1 The Entity Relationship Model
3.2 Relationships and Cardinalities in E/R Models
3.3 Normal Forms of Databases

4. Creation of Relational Databases

4.1 Logical Database Design Activities
4.2 Mapping of the Conceptual Data Model into the Physical Data Model
4.3 Generation of Tables in SQL Databases from E/R Diagrams

5. Complex Database Queries on Multiple Tables

5.1 Composite Quantities (JOIN)
5.2 Set Operations
5.3 Data Views With CREATE VIEW

6. Manipulating Records in Databases

6.1 Insert New Data Records (INSERT)
6.2 Change Existing Records
6.3 Transactions

7. NoSQL Database Systems

7.1 Motivation and Basic Idea
7.2 Selected Groups of NoSQL Systems

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ 46th VLDB (2020). Proceedings of the International Conference on Very Large Data Bases
(VLDB).
▪ Date, C.J. (2019). Database design and relational theory: Normal forms and all that jazz (2nd
ed.). Apress.
▪ Documentation of Mondial Database (2010). Mondial Database.
▪ Elmasri, R., Navathe, S. B. (2016). Fundamentals of database systems. Pearson Education
Limited.
▪ Foster, E., Godbole, S. (2016). Database systems. A pragmatic approach. (2nd ed.). Apress.
▪ Sumathi, S. et al (2010). Fundamentals of relational database management systems. Springer.
▪ W3Schools (2020). SQL Tutorial.

www.iu.org
 DLBCSDMDS01 83

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
84 DLBCSDMDS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSPBDM 85

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Module Code: DLBDSPBDM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Sharam Dadashnia (Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL (DLBDSPBDM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Portfolio
Study Format: myStudies
Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ This course is about the implementation of a practical database use case employing
previously-acquired knowledge on pertaining approaches and methods.

www.iu.org
86 DLBDSPBDM

Learning Outcomes
Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to
practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the It & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSPBDM01 87

Project: Build a Data Mart in SQL

Course Code: DLBDSPBDM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course provides the opportunity to implement a realistic database use case scenario. A list of
use case ideas is provided on the online learning platform. In addition, the students can
contribute use case ideas of their own in accord with the tutor. The core aim is to apply the
hitherto theoretical knowledge of database methods and approaches to solve a real-world
application scenario. This entails reasoning about possible design and architectural choices in a
rational way, as well as implementing them in a functioning database system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer previously-acquired knowledge about database methods and approaches to

practical use cases.
▪ design, architect, and implement a working data-mart solution.
▪ reason about design choices of and trade-offs between relevant implementation
alternatives.
▪ critically evaluate said choices with respect to the stated design goal.
▪ describe and explain the resulting solution.

Contents
▪ In this course, students apply their knowledge of data modeling and databases to implement
a project use case of their choosing. All relevant artefacts, like use case evaluation, chosen
implementation method, code, and outcomes, are documented in the form of a written
project report.

www.iu.org
88 DLBDSPBDM01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Date, C. J. (2012). Database design and relational theory. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ DeBarros, A. (2018). Practical SQL: A beginner's guide to storytelling with data. San Francisco,
CA: No Starch Press.
▪ Harrington, J. L. (2016). Relational database design and implementation (4th ed.). Burlington,
MA: Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Hernandez, M. J. (2013). Database design for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to relational
database design (3rd ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.
▪ Viescas, J. (2018). SQL queries for mere mortals: A hands-on guide to data manipulation in
SQL (4th ed.). Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSPBDM01 89

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: yes

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
90 DLBDSPBDM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
3. Semester
 DLBCSEBI1 95

Business Intelligence
Module Code: DLBCSEBI1

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Business Intelligence )

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Motivation and Conceptualization
▪ Data Provision
▪ Data Warehouse
▪ Modeling of Multidimensional Data Spaces
▪ Analysis Systems
▪ Distribution and Access

www.iu.org
96 DLBCSEBI1

Learning Outcomes
Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.
▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI01 97

Business Intelligence
Course Code: DLBCSEBI01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Business Intelligence (BI) is used to obtain information from company data that is relevant for
targeted corporate management and the optimization of business activities. This course
introduces and discusses techniques, procedures, and models for data provision, information
generation, and analysis, as well the distribution of the information obtained. You will then be
able to explain the various subject areas of data warehousing and independently select methods
and techniques to meet specific requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the motivation, use cases, and basics of Business Intelligence.

▪ identify and explain techniques and methods for providing and modeling data, as well as
types of data relevant to BI, differentiating between them.
▪ explain techniques and methods for the generation and storage of information and
independently select suitable methods on the basis of concrete requirements.

Contents
1. Motivation and Conceptualization
1.1 Motivation and Historical Development
1.2 BI as a Framework

2. Data Provision
2.1 Operative and Dispositive Systems
2.2 The Data Warehouse Concept
2.3 Architectural Variations

3. Data Warehouse
3.1 ETL Process
3.2 DWH and Data Mart
3.3 ODS and Metadata

www.iu.org
98 DLBCSEBI01

4. Modelling of Multidimensional Data Spaces

4.1 Data Modeling
4.2 OLAP Cubes
4.3 Physical Storage
4.4 Star and Snowflake Scheme
4.5 Historicization

5. Analysis Systems
5.1 Free Data Research and OLAP
5.2 Reporting Systems
5.3 Model-Based Analysis Systems
5.4 Concept-Oriented Systems

6. Distribution and Access

6.1 Information Distribution
6.2 Information Access

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Grossmann, W., & Rinderle-Ma, S. (2015). Fundamentals of business intelligence. Springer.
▪ Kolb, J. (2013). Business intelligence in plain language: A practical guide to data mining and
business analytics. Createspace.
▪ Sharda, R., Delen, D., & Turban, E. (2014). Business intelligence and analytics: Systems for
decision support. Pearson.
▪ Sherman, R. (2014). Business intelligence guidebook: From data integration to analytics.
Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Vaisman, A., & Zimányi, E. (2016). Data warehouse systems: Design and implementation.
Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI01 99

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBCSEBI01
 DLBCSEBI2 101

Project: Business Intelligence

Module Code: DLBCSEBI2

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 149 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Sebastian Werning (Project: Business Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: Business Intelligence (DLBCSEBI02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
Possible topics for the BI project include “Management of BI projects”, “Design of
multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI applications”.

www.iu.org
102 DLBCSEBI2

Learning Outcomes
Project: Business Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence
in order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSEBI02 103

Project: Business Intelligence

Course Code: DLBCSEBI02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Using well-known methods and techniques from the field of Business Intelligence, students will
work independently on a practical question in this course.At the end of the course you will be able
to independently design and prototype Business Intelligence applications based on concrete
requirements.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ independently design a solution to a practical problem in the field of Business Intelligence

in order to then implement a prototype and document the results.
▪ identify and explain typical problems and challenges in the design and practical
implementation of small BI solutions.

Contents
▪ Implementation and documentation of practical questions regarding the use of Business
Intelligence applications. Typical scenarios are, for example, “Management of BI projects”,
“Design of multidimensional data models” and “Prototypical implementation of small BI
applications”.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Christoph Meinel, Hasso Plattner, Larry Leifer (2011): Design Thinking: Understand – Improve –
Apply; Springer Berlin Heidelberg
▪ Jeanne Liedtka (2018): Why Design Thinking Works. In: Havard Business Review, Issue: 2018/09,
pp.72–79
▪ Christoph Meinel, Larry J. Leifer (2021): Design Thinking Research: Interrogating the Doing;
Springer International Publishing

www.iu.org
104 DLBCSEBI02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLSL 105

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Module Code: DLBDSMLSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Supervised Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Supervised Learning (DLBDSMLSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Types of machine learning
▪ Classification
▪ Regression
▪ Support vector machines
▪ Decision trees

www.iu.org
106 DLBDSMLSL

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Supervised Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.
▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLSL01 107

Machine Learning - Supervised Learning

Course Code: DLBDSMLSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSMFC01,
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course provides a first introduction to the field of machine learning with a focus on
supervised learning (i.e., learning from labeled data), where the most commonly used models in
regression and classification are being introduced. Moreover, the course provides an introduction
to the concepts of large margin classifiers and tree structured models.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ remember central notions and paradigms of machine learning.

▪ describe the key ideas of regression and pertaining regularization methods.
▪ know basic classification techniques.
▪ explain tree structured machine learning models.
▪ understand support vector machines and the related kernel approach.

Contents
1. Introduction to Machine Learning
1.1 Pattern recognition systems
1.2 The machine learning design cycle
1.3 Technical notions of learning and adaptation
1.4 Under- and overfitting

2. Regression
2.1 Linear regression
2.2 Lasso- and ridge Regularization
2.3 Generalized linear models
2.4 Logistic regression

3. Basic Classification Techniques

3.1 K-nearest neighbour
3.2 Naive Bayes

www.iu.org
108 DLBDSMLSL01

4. Support Vector Machines

4.1 Large margin classification
4.2 The kernel trick

5. Decision & Regression Trees

5.1 Decision & regression trees
5.2 Random forest
5.3 Gradient boosting

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bishop, C. M. (2006). Pattern recognition and machine learning. Springer.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python (2nd ed.). O’Reilly.
▪ Mitchell, T. M. (1997). Machine learning. McGraw-Hill.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLSL01 109

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLSL01
 DLBDSMLUSL 111

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-

ture Engineering
Module Code: DLBDSMLUSL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMFC01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01,
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering (DLBDSMLUSL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
112 DLBDSMLUSL

Module Contents
▪ Unsupervised machine learning
▪ Clustering
▪ Dimensionality reduction
▪ Manifold learning
▪ Feature engineering
▪ Feature selection
▪ Automation of feature generation and selection

Learning Outcomes
Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Feature Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.
▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLUSL01 113

Machine Learning - Unsupervised Learning and Fea-

ture Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSMLUSL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSMFC01,
DLBDSMFLA01,
DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
This course is concerned with the tools and techniques for unsupervised learning and feature
engineering. Unsupervised learning denotes machine learning approaches that can be applied
without label information. As such, the aim is to extract patterns or statistical regularities in data,
and finding good features is key for the successful application of machine learning models.
Therefore, having a solid set of approaches and tools for this task is of crucial importance for any
data scientist. This course introduces the most relevant methods and shows how unsupervised
learning techniques can be utilized to find robust and meaningful features. By doing so, concepts
and techniques are demonstrated by tangible examples which reflect usage of these techniques to
generate added value for the society as a whole as opposed to ethical questionable use cases.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the notions of unsupervised learning and feature selection.

▪ recall commonly-applied clustering models.
▪ understand the concept and utility of dimensionality reduction and manifold learning.
▪ describe effective approaches to feature engineering.
▪ discuss the methods of automatic feature generation and selection.
▪ reflect on societal and sustainability implications of applying the learned skills to different
use cases including ethical questions.

Contents
1. Introduction to Unsupervised Machine Learning and Feature Engineering
1.1 Unsupervised machine learning
1.2 Feature engineering

2. Clustering
2.1 K-Means
2.2 Gaussian mixture model clustering
2.3 Hierarchical clustering

www.iu.org
114 DLBDSMLUSL01

3. Dimensionality Reduction
3.1 Principal component analysis
3.2 Multi-dimensional scaling
3.3 Locally linear embedding

4. Feature Engineering
4.1 Numerical features
4.2 Categorial features
4.3 Text features

5. Feature Selection
5.1 Feature importance
5.2 Feature variance
5.3 Correlation matrix
5.4 Recursive feature selection

6. Automated Feature Generation

6.1 Automated feature generation
6.2 Feature engineering versus deep learning

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bonaccorso, G. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning with Python: Implement machine
learning and deep learning models using Scikit-Learn, TensorFlow, and more. Packt
Publishing Ltd.
▪ Celebi, M. E., & Aydin, K. (Eds.). (2016). Unsupervised learning algorithms. Springer
International Publishing.
▪ Kane, F. (2017). Hands-on data science and Python machine learning. Packt Publishing Ltd.
▪ Patel, A. A. (2019). Hands-on unsupervised learning using Python: How to build applied
machine learning solutions from unlabeled data. O’Reilly Media.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMLUSL01 115

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSMLUSL01
 DLBDSDSSE 117

Data Science Software Engineering

Module Code: DLBDSDSSE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01 or BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Max Pumperla (Data Science Software Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Science Software Engineering (DLBDSDSSE01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Traditional project management
▪ Agile project management
▪ Testing
▪ Software development paradigms
▪ From model to production

www.iu.org
118 DLBDSDSSE

Learning Outcomes
Data Science Software Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.
▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDSSE01 119

Data Science Software Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSDSSE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSIPWP01 or
DLBDSIPWP01_D;
DLBDSOOFPP01 or IOBP01

Course Description
A core part of data science is creating value from data. This means not only the creation of
sophisticated predictive models but also the development of these models according to modern
software development principles.This course gives a detailed overview of the relevant methods
and paradigms which data scientists need to know in order to develop enterprise-grade
models.This course discusses traditional and agile project management techniques, highlighting
both the Kanban and Scrum approaches. It explores relevant software development paradigms
such as test-driven development, pair programming, mob programming, and extreme
programming.Special focus is given to the topic of testing and the consideration of how to bring a
model into a production environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the concept of project management approaches.

▪ apply agile approaches in software development.
▪ create automated software tests.
▪ understand various software development paradigms.
▪ evaluate the necessary steps to bring models into a production environment.

Contents
1. Traditional Project Management
1.1 Requirements engineering
1.2 Waterfall model
1.3 Rational unified process

2. Agile Project Management

2.1 Criticism of the waterfall model
2.2 Introduction to SCRUM
2.3 Introduction to Kanban

www.iu.org
120 DLBDSDSSE01

3. Testing
3.1 Why testing?
3.2 Unit trests
3.3 Integration tests
3.4 Performance monitoring

4. Software Development Paradigms

4.1 Test-driven development (TDD)
4.2 Pair programming
4.3 Mob programming
4.4 Extreme programming

5. From Model to Production

5.1 Continuous delivery
5.2 Continuous integration
5.3 Building a scalable environment

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Brookshear, G., & Brylow, D. (2019). Computer science: An overview. Pearson Education.
▪ Hunt, A., & Thomas, D. (1999). The pragmatic programmer: From journeyman to master.
Addison-Wesley.
▪ Martin, R. C. (2008). Clean code. Prentice Hall.
▪ Sammons, A. (2019). Agile project management with Scrum + Kanban 2 In 1: The last 2
approaches you’ll need to become more productive and meet your project goals. M & M
Limitless.
▪ Stephens, R. (2015). Beginning software engineering. John Wiley & Sons

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDSSE01 121

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSDSSE01
 DLBDSMTP 123

Project: From Model to Production

Module Code: DLBDSMTP

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSDSSE01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Project: From Model to Production)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Project: From Model to Production (DLBDSMTP01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course focuses on creating a setup which allows the integration of a predictive model into an
enterprise-grade application or service.

www.iu.org
124 DLBDSMTP

Learning Outcomes
Project: From Model to Production
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.
▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the
predictive model.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMTP01 125

Project: From Model to Production

Course Code: DLBDSMTP01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSDSSE01,
DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of bringing a
predictive model into a production environment. Students will need to consider practical aspects
such as data storage and processing, as well as constraints such as service availability and the
maximum amount of time a model is allowed to run due to external project requirements.Through
this course, students will obtain holistic overview of the integration of predictive models into
enterprise-grade applications or services.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the challenges of integrating a predictive model into an application or service.

▪ evaluate the constraints a project imposes on the execution of a predictive model.
▪ analyze the requirements regarding data acquisition, storage, and processing.
▪ identify the necessary monitoring components required for reliable execution of the
predictive model.
▪ create and design a production environment for storing, accessing, and serving the
predictive model.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on practical aspects of ensuring that a predictive model can run
in a production environment. The students start with a chosen use case and model and then
evaluate the requirements which need to be fulfilled so that the model can be used as part
of an enterprise application or app. Students need to evaluate requirements in terms of data
storage, processing and throughput, and availability of the service, as well as the persistency,
serving, and versioning of the model itself. Monitoring the execution of model predictions
and raising alerts in cases of operational issues is a core part of building a reliable model
pipeline. All relevant artifacts and considerations are documented by the students in a
project report.

www.iu.org
126 DLBDSMTP01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. Sebastopol,
CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Karau, H., Konwinski, A., Wendell, A., & Zaharia, M. (2015). Learning spark: Lightning-fast data
analysis. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive Aapplications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied predictive modeling. New York, NY: Springer.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment. Denville, NJ: Technics Publications.
▪ Müller, A., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists. Boston, MA: O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Shapira, G., & Palino, T. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide: Real-time data and
stream processing at scale. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Psaltis, A. (2017). Streaming data: Understanding the real-time pipeline. Shelter Island, NY:
Manning Publications.
▪ White, T. (2015). Hadoop: The definitive guide: Storage and analysis at Internet scale.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSMTP01 127

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSMTP01
4. Semester
 DLBCSAPM 133

Agile Project Management

Module Code: DLBCSAPM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Inga Schlömer (Agile Project Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Agile Project Management (DLBCSAPM01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Written Assessment: Project Report
Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ In this course, students are taught action competences in the field of agile project
management. They will be familiarized with the values, activities, roles, and artifacts of agile
procedures using Scrum as an example.

www.iu.org
134 DLBCSAPM

Learning Outcomes
Agile Project Management
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.
▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
 DLBCSAPM01 135

Agile Project Management

Course Code: DLBCSAPM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Students will receive a practical introduction to agile project management in this course. In
addition to teaching its individual basic principles, the differences between agile project
management and plan-driven project management will be examined in detail. In order to
understand and experience agile project management, the values, activities, roles, and artefacts of
typical agile procedures are presented using Scrum and then practiced on an example project.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the differences between agile and plan-driven project management.

▪ explain agile principles.
▪ work together in an agile manner according to the values defined in Scrum.
▪ apply the activities defined in Scrum.
▪ take responsibility for the roles defined in Scrum.
▪ create and maintain the artefacts defined in Scrum.

Contents
▪ This course teaches students various skills in the field of agile project management. In
contrast to plan-driven project management, the principles of agility used in modern
software development are taught. Using the example of Scrum, students will acquire skills in
applying an agile approach, and then apply their knowledge of respective roles and activities
in a simple project to gain initial practical experience, documenting it in a project report. The
content of the projects results from the individual abilities and requirements of the
students.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Leffingwell, D. et al. (o. J.): Scaled Agile Framework. (URL: http://scaledagileframework.com/
[retrieved: 17.07.2015]).
▪ Schwaber, K./Sutherland, J. (o. J.): The Scrum Guide - The definitive Guide to Scrum: The Rules
of the Game. www.scrumguides.org

www.iu.org
136 DLBCSAPM01

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBCSAPM01 137

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBCSAPM01
 DLBDSBDT 139

Big Data Technologies

Module Code: DLBDSBDT

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBCSDMDS01 BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Big Data Technologies)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Big Data Technologies (DLBDSBDT01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data types and data sources
▪ Text-based and binary data formats
▪ Distributed systems
▪ Streaming frameworks
▪ NoSQL approach to data storage

www.iu.org
140 DLBDSBDT

Learning Outcomes
Big Data Technologies
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ name types and sources of data.
▪ understand text-based and binary data formats.
▪ analyze the requirements and constraints of distributed analysis systems.
▪ evaluate the applications of streaming frameworks.
▪ describe the motivation for NoSQL data stores and categorize pertaining established
concepts.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSBDT01 141

Big Data Technologies

Course Code: DLBDSBDT01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBCSDMDS01

Course Description
Data are often considered the “new oil”, the raw material from which value is created. To harness
the power of data, the data need to be stored and processed on a technical level. This course
introduces the four “Vs” of data, as well as typical data sources and types. The course discusses
the most common data storage formats encountered in modern systems, focusing both on text-
based as well as binary data formats.Handling large amounts of data poses significant challenges
for the underlying infrastructure. The course discusses the most important distributed and
streaming data handling frameworks which are used in leading edge applications.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ name types and sources of data.

▪ understand text-based and binary data formats.
▪ analyze the requirements and constraints of distributed analysis systems.
▪ evaluate the applications of streaming frameworks.
▪ describe the motivation for NoSQL data stores and categorize pertaining established
concepts.

Contents
1. Data Types and Data Sources
1.1 The 4Vs of data: volume, velocity, variety, veracity
1.2 Data sources
1.3 Data types

2. Text-Based and Binary Data Formats

2.1 Simple formats: CSV, YAML
2.2 XML
2.3 JSON
2.4 Hierarchical data format 5 (HDF 5)
2.5 Apache Parquet
2.6 Apache Arrow

www.iu.org
142 DLBDSBDT01

3. NoSQL data stores

3.1 Introduction and motivation
3.2 Approaches and technical concepts

4. Distributed Systems
4.1 Hadoop & MapReduce
4.2 Hadoop file system (HDFS)
4.3 Spark
4.4 DASK

5. Streaming Frameworks
5.1 Spark streaming
5.2 Kafka

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Karau, H., Konwinski, A., Wendell, A., & Zaharia, M. (2015). Learning spark: Lightning-fast data
analysis. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Narkhede, N., Shapira, G., & Palino, T. (2017). Kafka: The definitive guide: Real-time data and
stream processing at scale. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Psaltis, A. (2017). Streaming data: Understanding the real-time pipeline. Shelter Island, NY:
Manning.
▪ White, T. (2015). Hadoop: The definitive guide: Storage and analysis at Internet scale.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSBDT01 143

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSBDT01
 DLBDSDQDW 145

Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Module Code: DLBDSDQDW

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Quality and Data Wrangling)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Quality and Data Wrangling (DLBDSDQDW01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data quality and associated management techniques
▪ Data acquisition from public sources
▪ Working with relevant data formats
▪ Techniques for shaping and tidying data for analysis

www.iu.org
146 DLBDSDQDW

Learning Outcomes
Data Quality and Data Wrangling
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ discuss the fundamental aspects of data quality.
▪ describe common approaches to data quality management.
▪ use various methods to gather data from websites and other public data sources.
▪ work with established data formats.
▪ explain widely-used techniques for data preparation.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDQDW01 147

Data Quality and Data Wrangling

Course Code: DLBDSDQDW01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
The goal of data science can be summarized as the extraction of insights (hence, value) from data.
It is self-evident that this objective cannot be successfully achieved based on unreliable and
untrustworthy data. This course aims at establishing the notion of data quality and the pertinent
methods for data quality management. Furthermore, techniques for acquiring data as well as
formatting and tidying data in order to make it suitable for subsequent analytical treatment are
covered.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ discuss the fundamental aspects of data quality.

▪ describe common approaches to data quality management.
▪ use various methods to gather data from websites and other public data sources.
▪ work with established data formats.
▪ explain widely-used techniques for data preparation.

Contents
1. Data Quality
1.1 Introduction to data quality
1.2 Data quality dimensions and issue types

2. Data Quality Management

2.1 Data governance and stewardship
2.2 Activities and processes

3. Data Acquisition
3.1 Web scraping
3.2 Data APIs

4. Working with Common Data Formats

4.1 Text-based formats (CSV, XML, JSON)
4.2 Binary formats (HDF 5, Parquet, Arrow)

www.iu.org
148 DLBDSDQDW01

5. Tidy Data
5.1 Structuring
5.2 Cleansing
5.3 Enrichment

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Carreras, C., Kandel, S., Heer, J., Rattenbury, T., & Hellerstein, J. M. (2017). Principles of data
wrangling. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Fürber, C. (2016). Data quality management with semantic technologies. Wiesbaden: Springer
Gabler.
▪ Loshin, D. (2010). The practitioner's guide to data quality improvement. Burlington, MA:
Morgan Kaufmann.
▪ Roychowdhury, S., & Sarkar, T. (2019). Data wrangling with Python. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Visochek, A. (2017). Practical data wrangling. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSDQDW01 149

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSDQDW01
 DLBDSEDAV 151

Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Module Code: DLBDSEDAV

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSIPWP01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSOOFPP01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization (DLBDSEDAV01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Exploratory data analysis
▪ Principles of data visualization
▪ Established visualization types and apposite use cases
▪ Commonly-used Python modules for visualization
▪ Principles of effective visual communication

www.iu.org
152 DLBDSEDAV

Learning Outcomes
Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize foundational concepts of exploratory data analysis.
▪ cite principles of data visualization.
▪ identify well-established types of visualizations and their appropriate uses.
▪ describe visualization best practices.
▪ understand practical data visualization fundamentals in Python.
▪ use different approaches for effective visual communication of data science results.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDAV01 153

Explorative Data Analysis and Visualization

Course Code: DLBDSEDAV01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSIPWP01,
DLBDSOOFPP01

Course Description
Obtaining an overview of the salient characteristics of a data set is one of the core activities at the
outset of any data analysis endeavour. The corresponding activities, methods, and techniques are
grouped under the term “exploratory data analysis”. During exploratory data analysis, gaining
insight into a given data set is often aided by the application of suitable visualization techniques.
The utility of visualization, however, does not end at this stage; it is also crucial for communicating
analytical outcomes. This course first introduces a set of approaches, tools, and techniques that
are useful for exploring data sets. It then takes a thorough look at the subject area of
visualization, which is presented in detail by an exposition arc that spans from first principles of
visualization to practical implementation to insights into the communication of data science
results and findings.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize foundational concepts of exploratory data analysis.

▪ cite principles of data visualization.
▪ identify well-established types of visualizations and their appropriate uses.
▪ describe visualization best practices.
▪ understand practical data visualization fundamentals in Python.
▪ use different approaches for effective visual communication of data science results.

Contents
1. Exploratory Data Analysis
1.1 Location and variability
1.2 Further exploration of data distribution
1.3 Covariance and correlation

2. Data Visualization Principles

2.1 Coordinates and axes
2.2 Color spaces
2.3 Graph types

www.iu.org
154 DLBDSEDAV01

3. Data Visualization Practice

3.1 Amounts, proportions, associations, and distributions
3.2 Time series and trends
3.3 Geo-spatial data

4. Visualization in Python – Matplotlib and Seaborn

4.1 Introduction to PyPlot, Matplotlib, and Seaborn
4.2 Basic plots
4.3 Geo-spatial plots

5. Communicating Data Science

5.1 Unclutter, focus, and capture attention
5.2 Lessons from design
5.3 Principles of storytelling with data

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2015). Creating a data-driven organization. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Bruce, A., & Bruce, P. (2017). Practical statistics for data scientists. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly
Media.
▪ Grobmann, T., & Dobler, M. (2019). Data visualization with Python. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Nussbaumer Knaflic, C. (2015). Storytelling with data: A data visualization guide for business
professionals. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.
▪ VanderPlas, J. (2016). Python data science handbook. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Wilke, C. O. (2019). Fundamentals of data visualization. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDAV01 155

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Written Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEDAV01
 DLBDSCC 157

Cloud Computing
Module Code: DLBDSCC

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Thomas Zöller (Cloud Computing)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Cloud Computing (DLBDSCC01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Cloud computing fundamentals
▪ Relevant enabling technologies for cloud computing
▪ Introduction to serverless computing
▪ Established cloud platforms
▪ Cloud offerings for data science and analytics

www.iu.org
158 DLBDSCC

Learning Outcomes
Cloud Computing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.
▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSCC01 159

Cloud Computing
Course Code: DLBDSCC01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Many of the recent advances in data science, particularly machine learning and artificial
intelligence, rely on comprehensive data storage and computing power. Cloud computing is one
way of providing that power in a scalable way, without considerable upfront investment in
hardware and software resources. This course introduces the area of cloud computing together
with its enabling technologies. Moreover, the most cutting-edge advances like serverless
computing and storage are illustrated. Finally, a thorough overview on popular cloud offerings,
especially in regard to analytics capabilities, is given.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of cloud computing and cloud service models.

▪ recognize enabling technologies that underlie current cloud offerings.
▪ cite the principles of serverless computing.
▪ analyze characteristics of established cloud offerings.
▪ describe cloud options for data science and machine learning

Contents
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Fundamentals of Cloud computing
1.2 Cloud Service Models
1.3 Benefits and Risks

2. Enabling Technology
2.1 Virtualization and Containerization
2.2 Storage Technology
2.3 Networks and RESTful Services

3. Serverless Computing
3.1 Introduction to Serverless Computing
3.2 Benefits
3.3 Limitations

www.iu.org
160 DLBDSCC01

4. Established Cloud Platforms

4.1 Google Cloud Platform
4.2 Amazon Web Services
4.3 Microsoft Azure

5. Data Science in the Cloud

5.1 Google Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.2 Amazon Web Services Data Science and Machine Learning Services
5.3 Microsoft Azure Data Science and Machine Learning Services

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chapin, J., & Roberts, M. (2017). What is serverless? Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Goessling, S., & Jackson, K. L. (2018). Architecting cloud computing solutions. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.
▪ Kavis, M. J. (2014). Architecting the cloud: Design decisions for cloud computing service
models (SaaS, PaaS, and IaaS). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
▪ Mahmood, Z., Puttini, R., & Erl, T. (2013). Cloud computing: Concepts, technology &
architecture. Boston, MA: Prentice Hall.
▪ Rafaels, R. (2018). Cloud computing (2nd ed.). Scotts Valley, CA: CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform.
▪ Sehgal, N. K., & Bhatt, P. C. P. (2018). Cloud computing: Concepts and practices. Cham: Springer.
▪ Zonooz, P. Farr, E., Arora, K., & Laszewski, T. (2018). Cloud native architectures. Birmingham:
Packt Publishing.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSCC01 161

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSCC01
 DLBDSSECDS 163

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Module Code: DLBDSSECDS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Claudia Hess (Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science (DLBDSSECDS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Research Essay

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
This course aims at creating an awareness of the ethical implications of data science techniques
and methodologies. To this end, students will be given the opportunity to acquaint themselves
with current literature on the topic and explore the pertinent lines of thinking.

www.iu.org
164 DLBDSSECDS

Learning Outcomes
Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.
▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSSECDS01 165

Seminar: Ethical Considerations in Data Science

Course Code: DLBDSSECDS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Online trade, social media, media delivery, mass consumption, customer relationship
management, hiring decisions, and more: There are hardly any aspects of contemporary life that
are not affected by the application of data science methodologies and techniques. Thus, it is of
central importance to gain an awareness of these implications and a thorough understanding of
the ethical issues in question in order to be an informed practitioner in this field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ contemplate ethical considerations in the field of data science.

▪ descibe how the application of data science methodology may have adverse ethical effects.
▪ reason about the ethical impacts of data science, both on a personal level and for society at
large.
▪ explain how existing biases and inequalities could be amplified by technology.
▪ treat in a scientific manner a selected topic in the form of a written essay.

Contents
▪ This seminar covers ethical implications of the use of data science methods and techniques.
Each participant is expected to write a paper on an assigned topic.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media.
▪ Muller, J. Z. (2019). Tyranny of metrics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. (Original work
published 2018).
▪ O'Neil, C. (2017). Weapons of math destruction: How big data increases inequality and
threatens democracy.). Portland, OR: Broadway Books. (Original work published 2016).
▪ Patil, D. J., Mason, H., & Loukides, M. (2018). Ethics and data science. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly
Media.
▪ Wachter-Boettcher, S. (2018). Technically wrong: Sexist apps, biased algorithms, and other
threats of toxic tech. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.

www.iu.org
166 DLBDSSECDS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
5. Semester
 DLBDSTSA 171

Time Series Analysis

Module Code: DLBDSTSA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSSPDS01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSSIS01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Christian Müller-Kett (Time Series Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Time Series Analysis (DLBDSTSA01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Fernstudium
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to time series analysis
▪ Time series components
▪ Simple models
▪ ARMA models
▪ Holt-Winters models
▪ Advanced topics

www.iu.org
172 DLBDSTSA

Learning Outcomes
Time Series Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify the fundamental concepts of time series analysis.
▪ cite the components of time series.
▪ create simple time series models.
▪ analyze time series data with ARMA and Holt-Winter models.
▪ understand advanced topics in time series analysis.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSTSA01 173

Time Series Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSTSA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSSPDS01, DLBDSSIS01

Course Description
Many types of data describe patterns of events which occur sequentially and show dependencies
on previous events, e.g., the number of guests in a hospitality service or the number of products
sold in a retail outlet. These data show a particular temporal structure which can include
additional effects such as seasonality or dependencies on external events.This course focuses on
understanding time series data. After a general introduction to the elements of time series
analysis, this course discusses ARMA-based models (Box-Jenkins approach) and the alternative
Holt-Winters formalism, both of which are used for time series analysis and forecasting.This
course also includes a discussion about advanced topics in time series analysis such as the
handling of multiple seasonalities and framing a problem statement in the context of supervised
learning.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify the fundamental concepts of time series analysis.

▪ cite the components of time series.
▪ create simple time series models.
▪ analyze time series data with ARMA and Holt-Winter models.
▪ understand advanced topics in time series analysis.

Contents
1. Introduction to Time-Series Analysis
1.1 What are time series?
1.2 Auto-correlation & partial auto-correlation

2. Time-Series Components
2.1 Trend
2.2 Seasonality
2.3 Residuals

3. Simple Models
3.1 Simple average
3.2 Moving average
3.3 Weighted moving average

www.iu.org
174 DLBDSTSA01

4. ARMA Models
4.1 Box-Jenkins formalism
4.2 Handling non-stationary models: ARIMA
4.3 Seasonal ARIMA models: SARIMA
4.4 Seasonal models with external variables: SARIMAX

5. Holt-Winters Models
5.1 Simple exponential smoothing
5.2 Dealing with trends: double exponential smoothing
5.3 Dealing with seasonality: triple exponential smoothing

6. Advanced topics
6.1 Multiple seasonalities
6.2 Time series forecasting as a supervised learning problem

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bisgaard, S., & Kulahci, M. (2011).
Time series analysis and forecasting by example
. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
▪ Diebold, F. (2019).
Forecasting
. University of Pennsylvania. Available online
http://www.ssc.upenn.edu/~fdiebold/Textbooks.html

▪ Diebold, F. (2019).
Time Series Econometrics
. University of Pennsylvania. Available online
http://www.ssc.upenn.edu/~fdiebold/Textbooks.html

▪ Hyndman, R. J., & Athanasopoulos, G. (2018).

Forecasting: Principles and practice
(2nd ed.). Melbourne: OTexts. Available online https://otexts.com/fpp2/
▪ Makridakis, S., Wheelwright, S. C., & Hyndman, R. J. (1998).
Forecasting: Methods and applications
(3
rd
ed.). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
▪ Shumway, R., & Stoffer, S. (2017).
Time series analysis and its applications
. Cham: Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSTSA01 175

Study Format Fernstudium

Study Format Course Type

Fernstudium Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSTSA01
 DLBDSNNDL 177

Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Module Code: DLBDSNNDL

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum DLBDSMLSL01, BA 5 150 h
DLBDSMLUSL01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Neural Nets and Deep Learning)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Neural Nets and Deep Learning (DLBDSNNDL01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Oral Assignment

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Introduction to neural networks
▪ Feed-forward networks
▪ Avoiding overtraining
▪ Convolutional neural networks
▪ Recurrent neural networks

www.iu.org
178 DLBDSNNDL

Learning Outcomes
Neural Nets and Deep Learning
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.
▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL01 179

Neural Nets and Deep Learning

Course Code: DLBDSNNDL01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSMLSL01,
DLBDSMLUSL01

Course Description
Neural networks and deep learning approaches have revolutionized the fields of data science and
artificial intelligence in recent years, and applications built on these techniques have reached or
surpassed human performance in many specialized applications.After a short review of the origins
of neural networks and deep learning, this course discusses in detail how feed-forward networks
are set up and trained. Special focus is given on how to avoid overtraining in neural networks.In
addition to feed-forward neural networks, this course covers additional common network
architectures such as convolutional and recurrent neural networks. Moreover, by means of the
accompanying video material and online tutorial support the impact of design choices and the
data collection process on questions of algorithmic fairness both in terms of its individual as well
as its societal dimension will be discussed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamental building blocks of neural networks.

▪ identify different network training approaches.
▪ create feed-forward neural networks.
▪ analyze network training and how to avoid overtraining.
▪ apply advanced network concepts to create convolutional and recurrent neural networks.
▪ reason about the influence of model design and data selection on model outcomes in terms
of social and personal equity.

Contents
1. Introduction to Neural Networks
1.1 The biological brain
1.2 Building blocks of neural networks
1.3 Deep versus shallow networks
1.4 Supervised learning
1.5 Reinforcement learning

www.iu.org
180 DLBDSNNDL01

2. Feed-forward Networks
2.1 Architecture and weight initialization
2.2 Cost functions
2.3 Backpropagation and gradient descent
2.4 Batch normalization

3. Overtraining Avoidance
3.1 What is overtraining?
3.2 Early stopping
3.3 L1 and L2 regularization
3.4 Dropout
3.5 Weight pruning

4. Convolutional Neural Networks

4.1 Motivation and applications
4.2 Convolution and image filtering
4.3 CNN architecture
4.4 Popular convolutional networks

5. Recurrent Neural Networks

5.1 Recurrent neurons
5.2 Memory cells
5.3 LSTMs
5.4 Training RNNs: Unrolling through time

www.iu.org
 DLBDSNNDL01 181

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chollet, F. (2017). Deep learning with Python
.
Shelter Island, NY: Manning.
▪ Efron, B., & Hastie, T. (2016). Computer age statistical inference
.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
▪ Gebru, T., and Woolery, E. (n.d.): Machine learning, bias, and product design. [Interview].
Design Better. Retrieved from https://www.designbetter.co/conversations/timnit-gebru.
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Publishing.
▪ Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2016). Deep learning
.
Boston, MA: MIT Press.
▪ Grus, J. (2019). Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. Sebastopol, CA:
O’Reilley Publishing.

www.iu.org
182 DLBDSNNDL01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Oral Assignment

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE 183

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe English
1 Semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Engineering ) / N.N. (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)

▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
184 DLBDSEDE

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 185

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important
issues pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.

▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale

3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
186 DLBDSEDE01

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security

5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 187

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
188 DLBDSEDE02

Project: Data Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in the
form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various sub-
domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment or
dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting up
an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.

▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE02 189

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
190 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA 191

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Advanced Data Analysis) / N.N. (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)

▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
192 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis

▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases

from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 193

Advanced Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.

▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

www.iu.org
194 DLBDSEDA01

4. Social Network Mining

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics
4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation

5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 195

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
196 DLBDSEDA02

Project: Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in the
form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.

▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 197

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
198 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS 199

AI Specialist
Module Code: DLBDSEAIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ulrich Kerzel (Artificial Intelligence) / N.N. (Project: Artificial Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS01)

▪ Project: Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Artificial Intelligence
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Artificial Intelligence

• Study Format "Fernstudium": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
200 DLBDSEAIS

Module Contents

Artificial Intelligence
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Learning Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 201

Artificial Intelligence
Course Code: DLBDSEAIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The quest for artificial intelligence (AI) has captured humanity’s interest for many decades and
has been an active research area since the 1960s. This course will give a detailed overview of the
historical developments, successes, and set-backs in AI, as well as modern approaches in the
development of artificial intelligence.This course gives an introduction to reinforcement learning, a
process similar to how humans and animals experience the world: exploring the environment and
inferring the best course of action.This course also covers the principles of natural language
processing and computer vision, both of which are key ingredients for an artificial intelligence to
be able to interact with its environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.

▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Contents
1. History of AI
1.1 Historical developments
1.2 AI winter
1.3 Expert systems
1.4 Notable advances

2. Modern AI Systems
2.1 Narrow versus general AI
2.2 Application areas

3. Reinforcement Learning
3.1 What is reinforcement learning?
3.2 Markov Chains and value function
3.3 Time-difference and Q Learning

www.iu.org
202 DLBDSEAIS01

4. Natural Language Processing (NLP)

4.1 Introduction to NLP and application areas
4.2 Basic NLP techniques
4.3 Vectorizing data

5. Computer Vision
5.1 Pixels and filters
5.2 Feature detection
5.3 Distortions and calibration
5.4 Semantic segmentation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 203

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
204 DLBDSEAIS02

Project: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code: DLBDSEAIS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of designing
and developing an AI system for a specific application and domain. Students will need to consider
requirements and practical constraints as well as the desired output of the AI system.Following
this course the students will get holistic overview of developing a specific AI-based application.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.

▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on understanding and implementing a simple AI system. Based
on the course Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAI01), students will design and implement a
simple AI system. In the first step, students will choose a specific application and domain
and then use the methods from the course to analyze the requirements and outcomes
before implementing their own AI application. All relevant artifacts and considerations are
documented by the students in a course portfolio.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS02 205

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
206 DLBDSEAIS02

Study Format Fernstudium

Study Format Course Type

Fernstudium Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 207

International Marketing and Branding

Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / N.N. (International Brand Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)

▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
208 DLBDSEIMB

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management

▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 209

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
the fields of Marketing & Sales Communication fields

www.iu.org
210 DLBDSEIMB01

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They will
learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught to
the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.

▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing

2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 211

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies

3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea
3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China
3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development

4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation

5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy

6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics

7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior

8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing

9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding

10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
212 DLBDSEIMB01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Green, M. C., & Keegan, W. J. (2020). Global marketing (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Mooij, M. (2018). Global marketing and advertising: Understanding cultural paradoxes (5th
ed.). Sage Publications.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 213

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
214 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 215

International Brand Management

Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors of
international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the basis
of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods for
measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

www.iu.org
216 DLBDSEIMB02

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality

2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management
2.2 Brand Positioning
2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding

5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication

6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept

8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 217

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value (Brand Status Analyses)
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

10. Trademark Protection

10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gelder, S. v. (2003): Global Brand Strategy. Unlocking Brand Potential Across Countries,
Cultures and Markets. Kogan Page, London.
▪ Keller, K. L. (2007): Strategic Brand Management. Building, Measuring and Managing Brand
Equity. 3. Auflage, Prentice Hall International, Edinburgh.

www.iu.org
218 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 219

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02
 DLBDSEAS 221

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales I) / Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)

▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
222 DLBDSEAS

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS 223

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
the fields of Marketing & Sales Communication fields

www.iu.org
224 DLBDSEAS01

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At the
same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales I
(Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You will
learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know the
dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 225

2. The Distribution System

2.1 Forms of Sales
2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition

5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit

6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

www.iu.org
226 DLBDSEAS01

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

9. Other Sales Channels

9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dannenberg, H./Zupancic, D. (2010): Spitzenleistungen im Vertrieb. Optimierungen im
Vertriebs- und Kundenmanagement. 2. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Eicher, H. (2006): Die geheimen Spielregeln im Verkauf. Wissen, wie der Kunde tickt. Campus,
Frankfurt a. M.
▪ Herndl, K. (2014): Führen im Vertrieb. So unterstützen Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter direkt und
konsequent. 4. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Limbeck, M. (2016): Das neue Hardselling. Verkaufen heißt verkaufen – So kommen Sie zum
Abschluss. 6. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Schneider, W./Henning, A. (2008): Lexikon Kennzahlen für Marketing und Vertrieb. Das
Marketing-Cockpit von A – Z. 2. Auflage, Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Winkelmann, P. (2012): Marketing und Vertrieb. Fundamente für die Marktorientierte
Unternehmensführung. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 227

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
228 DLBDSEAS02

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in more
detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 229

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing Tasks and Functions
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing
1.4 International Marketing and Sales Cooperations

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor

2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 The CRM Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Personalities in Sales
3.1 Sales Personalities and Differentiation
3.2 Selling in Teams
3.3 Negotiating With Committees

4. Customer-Oriented Communication
4.1 Communication Tasks in Sales
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.3 Team Sales Promotion
4.4 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Presentation and Rhetoric

5.1 Rhetoric in Sales
5.2 Presentation Techniques
5.3 Nonverbal Communication

6. Customer Loyalty
6.1 Customer Retention Management
6.2 Customer Programs and Other Customer Loyalty Tools
6.3 Complaint Management

7. Networking
7.1 Network Competencies in the Company
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

www.iu.org
230 DLBDSEAS02

8. Case Study in IQ Media Marketing

8.1 The Market Situation
8.2 The Marketing Situation
8.3 IQ Media Marketing and IQ Digital Media Marketing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dannenberg, H./Zupancic, D. (2010): Spitzenleistungen im Vertrieb. Optimierungen im
Vertriebs- und Kundenmanagement. 2. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Eicher, H. (2006): Die geheimen Spielregeln im Verkauf. Wissen, wie der Kunde tickt. Campus,
Frankfurt a. M.
▪ Herndl, K. (2014): Führen im Vertrieb. So unterstützen Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter direkt und
konsequent. 4. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Limbeck, M. (2016): Das neue Hardselling. Verkaufen heißt verkaufen – So kommen Sie zum
Abschluss. 6. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Schneider, W./Henning, A. (2008): Lexikon Kennzahlen für Marketing und Vertrieb. Das
Marketing-Cockpit von A – Z. 2. Auflage, Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Winkelmann, P. (2012): Marketing und Vertrieb. Fundamente für die Marktorientierte
Unternehmensführung. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 231

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02
 DLBDSESCM 233

Supply Chain Management

Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Supply Chain Management I ) / N.N. (Supply Chain Management II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)

▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (-)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
234 DLBDSESCM

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I

▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II

▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM 235

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
236 DLBDSESCM01

Supply Chain Management I

Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts by
considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to also
examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of this
concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.

▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 237

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept

2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management

3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem

5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

www.iu.org
238 DLBDSESCM01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arndt, H. (2018): Supply Chain Management. Optimierung logistischer Prozesse. 7. Auflage,
Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Grosche, P. (2012): Konfiguration und Koordination von Wertschöpfungsaktivitäten in
internationalen Unternehmen. Eine empirische Untersuchung in der Automobilindustrie.
Gabler-Verlag, Wiesbaden.
▪ Heiserich, O.E./Helbig, K./Ullmann, W. (2011): Logistik. Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. 4.
Auflage, Gabler-Verlag | Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden 2011.
▪ Hertel, J./Zentes, J./Schramm-Klein, H. (2011): Supply-Chain-Management und
Warenwirtschaftssysteme im Handel. 2. Auflage, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.
▪ Hungenberg, H. (2014): Strategisches Management in Unternehmen. Ziele-Prozesse-Verfahren.
8. Auflage, Wiesbaden.
▪ Pfohl, H. C. (2010): Logistiksysteme. Betriebswirtschaftliche Grundlagen. 8 Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Schulte, C. (2013): Logistik. Wege zur Optimierung der Supply Chain. 6. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.
▪ Werner, H. (2013): Supply Chain Management. Grundlagen, Strategien, Instrumente und
Controlling. 5. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 239

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
240 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 241

Supply Chain Management II

Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.

▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

www.iu.org
242 DLBDSESCM02

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning

2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting
2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement

3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production

4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution

5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 243

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arndt, H. (2018): Supply Chain Management. Optimierung logistischer Prozesse. 7. Auflage,
Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Grosche, P. (2012): Konfiguration und Koordination von Wertschöpfungsaktivitäten in
internationalen Unternehmen. Eine empirische Untersuchung in der Automobilindustrie.
Gabler-Verlag, Wiesbaden.
▪ Heiserich, O.E./Helbig, K./Ullmann, W. (2011): Logistik. Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. 4.
Auflage, Gabler-Verlag | Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden 2011.
▪ Hertel, J./Zentes, J./Schramm-Klein, H. (2011): Supply-Chain-Management und
Warenwirtschaftssysteme im Handel. 2. Auflage, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.
▪ Hungenberg, H. (2014): Strategisches Management in Unternehmen. Ziele-Prozesse-Verfahren.
8. Auflage, Wiesbaden.
▪ Pfohl, H. C. (2010): Logistiksysteme. Betriebswirtschaftliche Grundlagen. 8 Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Schulte, C. (2013): Logistik. Wege zur Optimierung der Supply Chain. 6. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.
▪ Werner, H. (2013): Supply Chain Management. Grundlagen, Strategien, Instrumente und
Controlling. 5. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
244 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 245

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02
 DLBDSEFSM 247

Financial Services Management

Module Code: DLBDSEFSM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Financial Services Management I) / N.N. (Financial Services Management II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Financial Services Management I (DLBDSEFSM01)

▪ Financial Services Management II (DLBDSEFSM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Financial Services Management I

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Financial Services Management II

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
248 DLBDSEFSM

Module Contents

Financial Services Management I

▪ Financial Markets and Financial Intermediaries
▪ Financial Intermediation in Germany
▪ Financial Services
▪ Debt Financing Through Financial Intermediaries
▪ Equity Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

Financial Services Management II

▪ Fundamentals of the Monetary and Asset Situation
▪ Investment in Money
▪ Investment in Tangible Assets
▪ Investment Funds and Certificates
▪ Insurance Financial Services

Learning Outcomes
Financial Services Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ know the role of a financial service provider as a financier as well as how individual markets
function in the financing sector.
▪ understand the basic relationships between the different financial services and their
(supervisory) legal frameworks.
▪ evaluate the potential influence of the financial services sector on the real economy.
▪ familiarize themselves with the financing services offered both for external financing and for
self-financing.
▪ assess the importance of financial services in the form of debt and equity financing in the
short, medium, and long term.

Financial Services Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematize the different possibilities for the investment of financial surpluses.
▪ with the help of knowledge gained regarding conflicts involved in making financial
investments, apply different aspects of investment decision-making to financial instruments.
▪ assess the various forms of investment in order of their safety.
▪ analyze the various forms of investment in terms of risk and return.
▪ understand that investment funds, certificates, and derivatives are modern products of
financial service providers, which bring high returns and sometimes high risk.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
fields of Finance & Tax Accounting Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM01 249

Financial Services Management I

Course Code: DLBDSEFSM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The course explains the origin and constitution of the financial market. As a result of the
imperfection of the financial market, the necessity of financial intermediaries is theoretically
derived, which leads to the thesis of disintermediation. Since the German financial market is
determined by regulations and supervision, the legal framework is discussed. The financial
services of banks and other specialized financial intermediaries are presented. The main forms of
debt financing through financial intermediaries are presented as well as financing with equity
capital.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ know the role of a financial service provider as a financier as well as how individual markets
function in the financing sector.
▪ understand the basic relationships between the different financial services and their
(supervisory) legal frameworks.
▪ evaluate the potential influence of the financial services sector on the real economy.
▪ familiarize themselves with the financing services offered both for external financing and for
self-financing.
▪ assess the importance of financial services in the form of debt and equity financing in the
short, medium, and long term.

Contents
1. Financial Markets and Financial Intermediaries
1.1 Origin and Basic Problems of the Financial Market
1.2 Appearances and Functions of Financial Intermediaries

2. Financial Intermediation in Germany

2.1 The Banking System in Germany
2.2 Asset Management Companies and Insurance Companies
2.3 Regulations and Supervision

3. Financial Services
3.1 Financing Needs
3.2 The Range of Financial Services

www.iu.org
250 DLBDSEFSM01

4. Debt Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

4.1 Types of Loans
4.2 Lending and Collateralization
4.3 Credit Substitutes

5. Equity Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

5.1 Equity Financing Through Capital Participation and Venture Financing Companies
5.2 Equity Capital Markets Issuance
5.3 The Thesis of Disintermediation in Finance

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bitz, M./Stark, G. (2008): Finanzdienstleistungen. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München/Wien.
▪ Brealey, R. A./Myers, S. C. (2010): Principles of Corporate Finance. 10. Auflage, McGraw-Hill,
London.
▪ Copeland, T. E./Weston, J. F./Shastri, K. (2008): Finanzierungstheorie und
Unternehmenspolitik. 4. Auflage, Pearson, München.
▪ Hartmann-Wendels, T./Pfingsten, A./Weber. M. (2006): Bankbetriebslehre. 4. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Perridon, L./Steiner, M./Rathgeber, A. W. (2009): Finanzwirtschaft der Unternehmung. 15.
Auflage, Vahlen, München.
▪ Wöhe, G. et al. (2009): Grundzüge der Unternehmensfinanzierung. 10. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM01 251

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
252 DLBDSEFSM02

Financial Services Management II

Course Code: DLBDSEFSM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, the different possibilities of investing financial surpluses are systematized. The
conflicting relationship between the risks, returns, and liquidity of a financial investment are
presented, and the different aspects of decision-making for investment in one of the financial
instruments are shown. The various forms of investment (monetary values, tangible assets) are
presented in the order of their security. The functions that insurance companies perform as
financial service providers complete the picture. The different forms of life insurance and their
role in old-age provision are presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematize the different possibilities for the investment of financial surpluses.

▪ with the help of knowledge gained regarding conflicts involved in making financial
investments, apply different aspects of investment decision-making to financial instruments.
▪ assess the various forms of investment in order of their safety.
▪ analyze the various forms of investment in terms of risk and return.
▪ understand that investment funds, certificates, and derivatives are modern products of
financial service providers, which bring high returns and sometimes high risk.

Contents
1. Basic Information on Investing Money and Assets
1.1 Basic Concepts of Money and Asset Investment
1.2 Framework Conditions for Decisions on Plants
1.3 Investment Products

2. Investment in Money
2.1 Investment in Accounts
2.2 Savings Bonds
2.3 Fixed-Interest Securities

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM02 253

3. Investment in Tangible Assets

3.1 Shares
3.2 Stock Exchange Trading
3.3 Investment in Real Estate

4. Investment Funds and Certificates

4.1 Mutual Funds
4.2 Fund of Funds and Hedge Funds
4.3 Derivatives

5. Insurance Financial Services

5.1 Fundamentals of the Insurance Industry
5.2 The Life Insurances

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bitz, M./Stark, G. (2008): Finanzdienstleistungen. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München/Wien.
▪ Brealey, R. A./Myers, S. C. (2010): Principles of Corporate Finance. 10. Auflage, McGraw-Hill,
London.
▪ Copeland, T. E./Weston, J. F./Shastri, K. (2008): Finanzierungstheorie und
Unternehmenspolitik. 4. Auflage, Pearson, München.
▪ Hartmann-Wendels, T./Pfingsten, A./Weber. M. (2006): Bankbetriebslehre. 4. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Perridon, L./Steiner, M./Rathgeber, A. W. (2009): Finanzwirtschaft der Unternehmung. 15.
Auflage, Vahlen, München.
▪ Wöhe, G. et al. (2009): Grundzüge der Unternehmensfinanzierung. 10. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.

www.iu.org
254 DLBDSEFSM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 255

Smart Factory
Module Code: DLBDSESF

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Smart Factory I) / Prof. Dr. Christian Magnus (Smart Factory II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Smart Factory I (DLBDSESF01)

▪ Smart Factory II (DLBDSESF02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Smart Factory I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Smart Factory II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
256 DLBDSESF

Module Contents

Smart Factory I
▪ Motivation and Definition of Terms
▪ Development of Automation
▪ Technological Basics and Standards
▪ Basic concepts of a Smart Factory
▪ Reference Architectures
▪ Smart Factory Engineering
▪ Safety and Security

Smart Factory II

A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the module. It
provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated by the seminar
leader.

Learning Outcomes
Smart Factory I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.
▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Smart Factory II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 257

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
258 DLBDSESF01

Smart Factory I
Course Code: DLBDSESF01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, students will gain a deeper insight into the networking and digitization of
production facilities by examining a Smart Factory. For this purpose, they will be familiarized with
the basic goals of a Smart Factory in the context of the research complex Industry 4.0. After a brief
introduction to the history of automation, students will learn the technical basics and standards
required to design and operate a Smart Factory. Building on this, they will learn how these
individual technologies are used to implement the central concepts of a Smart Factory. In order to
understand which components a Smart Factory consists of, different reference architectures are
presented and compared. The course concludes with the special engineering challenges of an
autonomously acting and decentralized production plant. Above all, this includes IT security, which
is particularly relevant due to the digital networking of production facilities and products.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.

▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Contents
1. Motivation and Definition of Terms
1.1 Goals of Smart Factory
1.2 Internet of Things
1.3 Cyber-Physical Systems
1.4 Cyber-Physical Production Systems
1.5 Smart Factory as a Cyber-Physical (Production) System

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 259

2. Development of Automation
2.1 Automation Pyramid
2.2 Networked, Decentralized Organization of Production
2.3 Future Challenges

3. Technological Basics and Standards

3.1 Identification of Physical Objects
3.2 Formal Description Languages and Ontologies
3.3 Digital Object Memory
3.4 Physical Situation Recognition
3.5 (Partially) Autonomous Action and Cooperation
3.6 Human-Machine Interaction
3.7 Machine to Machine Communication

4. Basic Concepts of a Smart Factory

4.1 Order-Controlled Production
4.2 Bundling of Machine and Production Data
4.3 Supporting People in Production
4.4 Intelligent Products and Resources
4.5 Smart Services

5. Reference Architectures
5.1 Purpose and Properties of Reference Architectures
5.2 Overview of Standardization Initiatives
5.3 CyProS Reference Architecture
5.4 RAMI 4.0 (DIN SPEC 91345)

6. Smart Factory Engineering

6.1 Classification of Different Engineering Tools
6.2 Virtual Engineering
6.3 User-Centered Design
6.4 Requirements Engineering
6.5 Modelling
6.6 Integration of Classic and Smart Components

www.iu.org
260 DLBDSESF01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Butun, I. (2020). Industrial IoT: Challenges, design principles, applications, and security.
Springer.
▪ Drossel, W. G., Ihlenfeldt, S., Lanzger, T., & Dumitrescu, R. (2019). Cyber-physical systems. In R.
Neugebauer (Ed.), Digital transformation (pp. 189—213). Springer.
▪ Durakbasa, N. M., & Gençyılmaz, M. G. (Eds.). (2021). Digital conversion on the way to Industry
4.0. Springer.
▪ Ustundag, A., & Cevikcan, E. (2018). Industry 4.0: Managing the digital transformation. Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 261

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
262 DLBDSESF02

Smart Factory II
Course Code: DLBDSESF02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, students select a concrete task from the catalog of topics provided in consultation
with the seminar leader. They will work on the task in a prototyping environment suited to the
task, which can be either a hardware (e.g., prototyping boards) or software (e.g., technology-
specific development environments) environment. To complete the task, students apply the
concepts, methods, and tools taught in the Smart Factory I course. They document their results
with a project report.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

Contents
▪ A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the
module. It provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated
by the seminar leader.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF02 263

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESF02
 DLBDSEAR 265

Automation and Robotics

Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Production Engineering) / N.N. (Automation and Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)

▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Automation and Robotics

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
266 DLBDSEAR

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics

▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR 267

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
268 DLBDSEAR01

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.

▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 269

2. Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580

2.1 Archetypes
2.2 Reshaping
2.3 Cutting (Cutting, Machining, Ablation)
2.4 Joining
2.5 Coating
2.6 Substance Property Changes

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes

3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants

7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
270 DLBDSEAR01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012): Makers. The new industrial revolution. Crown Business, New York.
▪ Bauernhansl, Thomas/Hompel, M. ten/Vogel-Heuser, B. (Hrsg.) (2014): Industrie 4.0 in
Produktion, Automatisierung und Logistik. Anwendung – Technologien – Migration. Springer,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Gebhardt, A. (2012): Understanding Additive Manufacturing. Rapid Prototyping – Rapid Tooling
– Rapid Manufacturing. Hanser, München/Cincinnati.
▪ Lachmayer, R./Lippert, R. B./Fahlbusch, T. (Hrsg.) (2016): 3D-Druck beleuchtet. Additive
Manufacturing auf dem Weg in die Anwendung. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Wittenstein, M. et al. (Hrsg.) (2015): Intelligente Vernetzung in der Fabrik. Industrie 4.0.
Umsetzungsbeispiele für die Praxis. Fraunhofer Verlag, Stuttgart.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 271

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
272 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 273

Automation and Robotics

Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSEAR01

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt with.
Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able to
select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to the
basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.

▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

www.iu.org
274 DLBDSEAR02

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms
1.2 Economic Aspects
1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology

2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering

4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 275

5. Basics of Control Technology

5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Heinrich, B./Linke, P./Glöckler, M. (2015): Grundlagen Automatisierung. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Hesse, S./Malisa, V. (Hrsg.) (2016): Taschenbuch Robotik – Montage – Handhabung. 2. Auflage,
Carl Hanser Verlag, München.
▪ Jazar, R. N. (2010): Theory of Applied Robotics. 2. Auflage, Springer US, Boston (MA).
▪ Karaali, C. (2013): Grundlagen der Steuerungstechnik. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Parthier, R. (2011): Messtechnik. Grundlagen und Anwendungen der elektrischen Messtechnik
für alle technischen Fachrichtungen und Wirtschaftsingenieure. 6. Auflage, Vieweg & Teubner,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Tietze, U./Schenk, C./Gamm, E. (2016): Halbleiter-Schaltungstechnik. 15. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Zacher, S./Reuter, M. (2014): Regelungstechnik für Ingenieure. Springer, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
276 DLBDSEAR02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD 277

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Self-Driving Vehicles) / N.N. (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)

▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-

Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
278 DLBDSEAD

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 279

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models are
introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.

▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibaration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

www.iu.org
280 DLBDSEAD01

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters
3.2 Feature detection
3.3 Distortions and calibration
3.4 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion

4.1 Motion models
4.2 Odometry
4.3 Triangulation
4.4 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Path planning
5.2 Motion prediction
5.3 Trajectory generation

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 IT Security Standards
6.3 Safety development approaches

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 281

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
282 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 283

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving

Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.

▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
284 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Marchthaler, R./Dingler, S. (2017): Kalman-Filter. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 285

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02
6. Semester
 DLBDSEDE 291

Data Engineer
Module Code: DLBDSEDE

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe English
1 Semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Data Engineering ) / N.N. (Project: Data Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE01)

▪ Project: Data Engineering (DLBDSEDE02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Data Engineering
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Engineering

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
292 DLBDSEDE

Module Contents

Data Engineering
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Learning Outcomes
Data Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.
▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Project: Data Engineering

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.
▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field(s) of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence. field(s).

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 293

Data Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEDE01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course explores concepts of data engineering. Data engineering is concerned with the
infrastructure aspects of data science such as data storage and provision, as well as the
provisioning of suitable operational environments.After laying out foundational notions and
concepts of the discipline, this course addresses important developments in storage technology;
aspects of systems architecture for processing data at scale; containerization as a modern take on
virtualization; and the logic of data pipelines and associated operational aspects. Important
issues pertaining to data security and protection are also given appropriate attention.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand important foundational concepts in data engineering.

▪ recognize established and commonly-employed NoSQL datastores and their salient
characteristics.
▪ comprehend common architectural patterns for data processing at scale.
▪ explain the concept of containerization as a virtualization approach.
▪ analyze operational challenges in the set-up and maintenance of data pipelines.
▪ demonstrate familiarity with concepts relating to data security and protection.

Contents
1. Foundations of Data Engineering
1.1 Reliability
1.2 Scalability
1.3 Maintainability

2. NoSQL In Depth
2.1 Fundamentals of NoSQL
2.2 Established NoSQL solutions

3. Architectures for Data Processing at Scale

3.1 Batch processing architectures
3.2 Architectures for stream and complex event processing
3.3 Lambda architecture

www.iu.org
294 DLBDSEDE01

4. Containerization In Depth
4.1 Docker containers
4.2 Container management

5. Governance & Security

5.1 Data protection
5.2 Data security
5.3 Data governance

6. Operational Aspects
6.1 Defining principles of DataOps
6.2 Building and maintaining data pipelines
6.3 Metrics and monitoring

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE01 295

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
296 DLBDSEDE02

Project: Data Engineering

Course Code: DLBDSEDE02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world data engineering use case in the
form of a student portfolio. To this end, students choose a project subject from the various sub-
domains of data engineering. Examples include setting up a Docker container environment or
dockerized service; implementing a data pipeline according to DataOps principles; and setting up
an NoSQL data store.The goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer theoretical
knowledge to an implementation scenario that closely mimics practical work in a professional
data engineering setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world data engineering use case.

▪ select appropriate resources for the task at hand.
▪ transfer acquired specialized knowledge in data engineering to a real-world use case.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ analyze the suitability of different solution options with respect to the project task.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of approaches and techniques covered in
the preceding methodological course in a project-oriented setting. Each participant must
produce a portfolio detailing and documenting the work. Porfolio themes are chosen from a
list, or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDE02 297

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Kleppmann, M. (2017). Designing data-intensive applications: The big ideas behind reliable,
scalable, and maintainable systems. Sebastopol, CA: O‘Reilly.
▪ Marz, N., & Warren, J. (2015). Big data: Principles and best practices of scalable realtime data
systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications.
▪ Matthias, K., & Kane, S. P. (2018). Docker: Up & running (2nd ed.). Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.
▪ Miell, I., & Sayers, A. (2019). Docker in practice (2nd ed.). Shelter Island, NY: Manning
Publications.
▪ Muhammad, S., & Akhtar, F. (2018). Big data architect's handbook. Birmingham: Packt
Publishing.
▪ Schenker, G. N. (2018). Learn Docker - Fundamentals of Docker 18.x: Get up and running with
the concepts of Docker. Birmingham: Packt Publishing.
▪ Wilson, J., Redmond, E., & Perkins, L. (2018). Seven databases in seven weeks (2nd ed.).
Raleigh, NC: Pragmatic Bookshelf.

www.iu.org
298 DLBDSEDE02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA 299

Data Analyst
Module Code: DLBDSEDA

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Advanced Data Analysis) / N.N. (Project: Data Analysis)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01)

▪ Project: Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Advanced Data Analysis

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Data Analysis

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
300 DLBDSEDA

Module Contents

Advanced Data Analysis

▪ Business performance analytics
▪ Text mining
▪ Web- and social media analytics
▪ Experimentation and testing

Project: Data Analysis

Transfer of methodological knowledge to the implementation of real-world analytics use cases

from the above-mentioned problem domains.

Learning Outcomes
Advanced Data Analysis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.
▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Project: Data Analysis

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.
▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 301

Advanced Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course introduces several advanced analytics subjects of practical relevance. The subject
areas covered span from business performance measurement and analytics, text mining, and web-
and social media analytics to current trends in experimental design and setup. Along this journey
topics such as the design of key performance indicators (KPIs), business process analytics, word
frequency and semantic analysis, data science on clickstreams, social media interactions, and
multi-armed bandit testing are addressed.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ identify important design considerations for business KPIs.

▪ explain various topics in business process analytics.
▪ utilize established techniques for web data analytics.
▪ understand analytical approaches to text mining and semantic analysis.
▪ disambiguate relevant questions in social media analytics.
▪ use the techniques and methods for experimentation and testing.

Contents
1. Business Performance Analytics
1.1 KPI design considerations
1.2 Common business performance indicators
1.3 Business process mining

2. Text Analytics
2.1 Word and document frequency (TF-IDF)
2.2 Semantic analysis

3. Web Analytics
3.1 Web metrics
3.2 Clickstream analytics
3.3 Recommender systems

www.iu.org
302 DLBDSEDA01

4. Social Network Mining

4.1 Introduction to social media analytics
4.2 Mining common social media platforms

5. Testing and Experimentation

5.1 Practical A/B testing
5.2 Multivariate tests
5.3 Multi-armed bandit testing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA01 303

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
304 DLBDSEDA02

Project: Data Analysis

Course Code: DLBDSEDA02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The focus of this course is the implementation of a real-world, advanced analytics use case in the
form of a student project. Primary subject areas for this practical work include business
performance analytics, text mining, web- and social analytics, and experimentation and testing.The
goal is for students to demonstrate they can transfer the theoretical knowledge acquired in
Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) to an implementation scenario that closely mimics project
work in a professional data science setting.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ formulate and implement a real-world analytical use case.

▪ analyze the suitability of different possible approaches with respect to the project task.
▪ transfer acquired specialized analytical knowledge to real-world use cases.
▪ derive relevant design choices from the given project setting.
▪ make apposite choices with respect to implementation alternatives.
▪ select appropriate resources

Contents
▪ This course covers the practical implementation of the approaches and techniques covered
in the course Advanced Data Analysis (DLBDSEDA01) in a project-oriented setting. Each
participant must produce a project report detailing and documenting their work. Project
tasks are chosen from a list or suggested by the students in accord with the tutor.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEDA02 305

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hapke, H. / Howard, C. / Lane, H. (2019): Natural language processing in action.: Manning
Publications, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Kaushik, A. (2009): Web analytics 2.0: The art of online accountability and science of customer
centricity. Sybex, Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Klassen, M. / Russell, M. A. (2019): Mining the social web. 3rd edition. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Marr, B. (2012): Key Performance Indicators (KPI). Pearson, Boston, MA.
▪ Neely, A. (Ed.) (2011): Business performance measurement: Unifying theory and integrating
practice. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Ojeda, T. / Bilbro, R. / Bengfort, B. (2018): Applied text analysis with Python. O'Reilly Media,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Parmenter, D. (2015): Key performance indicators: Developing, implementing, and using
winning KPIs. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

www.iu.org
306 DLBDSEDA02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS 307

AI Specialist
Module Code: DLBDSEAIS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ulrich Kerzel (Artificial Intelligence) / N.N. (Project: Artificial Intelligence)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS01)

▪ Project: Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAIS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Artificial Intelligence
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Project: Artificial Intelligence

• Study Format "Fernstudium": Portfolio

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
308 DLBDSEAIS

Module Contents

Artificial Intelligence
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Learning Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.
▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Project: Artificial Intelligence

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.
▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 309

Artificial Intelligence
Course Code: DLBDSEAIS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The quest for artificial intelligence (AI) has captured humanity’s interest for many decades and
has been an active research area since the 1960s. This course will give a detailed overview of the
historical developments, successes, and set-backs in AI, as well as modern approaches in the
development of artificial intelligence.This course gives an introduction to reinforcement learning, a
process similar to how humans and animals experience the world: exploring the environment and
inferring the best course of action.This course also covers the principles of natural language
processing and computer vision, both of which are key ingredients for an artificial intelligence to
be able to interact with its environment.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ chart the historical developments in artificial intelligence.

▪ understand the approach of contemporary AI systems.
▪ comprehend the concepts behind reinforcement learning.
▪ analyze natural language using basic NLP techniques.
▪ scrutinize images and their contents.

Contents
1. History of AI
1.1 Historical developments
1.2 AI winter
1.3 Expert systems
1.4 Notable advances

2. Modern AI Systems
2.1 Narrow versus general AI
2.2 Application areas

3. Reinforcement Learning
3.1 What is reinforcement learning?
3.2 Markov Chains and value function
3.3 Time-difference and Q Learning

www.iu.org
310 DLBDSEAIS01

4. Natural Language Processing (NLP)

4.1 Introduction to NLP and application areas
4.2 Basic NLP techniques
4.3 Vectorizing data

5. Computer Vision
5.1 Pixels and filters
5.2 Feature detection
5.3 Distortions and calibration
5.4 Semantic segmentation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS01 311

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
312 DLBDSEAIS02

Project: Artificial Intelligence

Course Code: DLBDSEAIS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This project course will give students hands-on experience in the challenging task of designing
and developing an AI system for a specific application and domain. Students will need to consider
requirements and practical constraints as well as the desired output of the AI system.Following
this course the students will get holistic overview of developing a specific AI-based application.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ determine the requirements for building an artificial intelligence system.

▪ evaluate an application for an AI system.
▪ transfer theoretically-sound and practically-proven methods and tools to an application
domain.
▪ create an AI system for a chosen application.

Contents
▪ This project course focuses on understanding and implementing a simple AI system. Based
on the course Artificial Intelligence (DLBDSEAI01), students will design and implement a
simple AI system. In the first step, students will choose a specific application and domain
and then use the methods from the course to analyze the requirements and outcomes
before implementing their own AI application. All relevant artifacts and considerations are
documented by the students in a course portfolio.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAIS02 313

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bear, F./Barry, W./Paradiso, M. (2006): Neuroscience: Exploring the brain. 3rd ed., Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, MD:
▪ Bird S./Klein, E./Loper, E. (2009): Natural language processing with Python. 2nd ed., O‘Reilly,
Sebastopol, CA.
▪ Chollet, F. (2017): Deep learning with Python. Manning, Shelter Island, NY.
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016) : Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ Geron, A. (2017): Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow. O’Reilly,
Boston, MA.
▪ Goodfellow, I./Bengio, Y./Courville, A. (2016): Deep learning. MIT Press, Boston, MA.
▪ Grus, J. (2019): Data science from scratch: First principles with Python. O’Reilley, Sebastopol,
CA.
▪ Jurafsky, D./Martin, J. H. (2008): Speech and language processing. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ.
▪ Nilsson, N. (2009): The quest for artificial intelligence. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
▪ Russell, S./Norvig, P. (2009): Artificial intelligence: A modern approach. 3rd ed., Pearson, Essex.
▪ Sutton, R./Barto, A. (2018): Reinforcement learning: An introduction. 2nd ed., MIT Press,
Boston, MA.
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Szepesvári, C. (2010): Algorithms for reinforcement learning. Morgan & Claypool, San Rafael,
CA.
▪ Wiering, M./Otterlo, M. (2012): Reinforcement learning: State of the art. Springer, Berlin.

www.iu.org
314 DLBDSEAIS02

Study Format Fernstudium

Study Format Course Type

Fernstudium Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Portfolio

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 315

International Marketing and Branding

Module Code: DLBDSEIMB

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Caterina Fox (International Marketing ) / N.N. (International Brand Management)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ International Marketing (DLBDSEIMB01)

▪ International Brand Management (DLBDSEIMB02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

International Marketing
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

International Brand Management

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
316 DLBDSEIMB

Module Contents

International Marketing
▪ International marketing strategy
▪ Cultural differences and their significance for marketing
▪ International marketing mix (product, price, promotion, and distribution decisions in an
international environment)
▪ International market research and consumer behavior
▪ Ethical aspects in international marketing
▪ International marketing controlling and six sigma

International Brand Management

▪ Basics of brand management
▪ Framework conditions for brands in international markets
▪ Strategies and concepts of international brands
▪ Brand architectures and brand extension options
▪ Brand management and communication
▪ Brand management according to the stakeholder concept
▪ Brand control and protection

Learning Outcomes
International Marketing
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.
▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

International Brand Management

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB 317

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
the fields of Marketing & Sales Communication fields

www.iu.org
318 DLBDSEIMB01

International Marketing
Course Code: DLBDSEIMB01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Students are taught the necessity for strategic marketing in an international context. They will
learn about essential cultural differences and their influences on international marketing
management. The basic decisions, standardizations, and adaptations in international marketing
are experienced by the students on the basis of different concepts in the international marketing
mix. The necessity of international market research, strategic planning, and control are taught to
the students, along with the ethical aspects in international marketing. The students analyze
current topics in international marketing management and reflect on them in connection with the
concepts they have learned in this course.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand basic aspects of international strategic marketing.

▪ analyze cultural differences and their impact on international marketing.
▪ apply selected concepts of the international marketing mix.
▪ describe the possibilities of international market research and its influence on consumer
behavior.
▪ recognize the necessity of international brand controlling and quality management.
▪ reproduce theoretical knowledge using case studies.

Contents
1. Strategic International Marketing
1.1 Internationalization
1.2 Theoretical Foundations of International Market Entry Strategies
1.3 Forms of International Market Entry

2. Cultural Differences as an Aspect of International Marketing

2.1 Overview of Culture
2.2 Cultural Model Based on Hofstede
2.3 Cultural Model Based on Trompenaars

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 319

3. Case Studies in International Market Entry and Marketing Strategies

3.1 Case Study: Nivea in South Korea
3.2 Case Study: Bosch and Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH in China
3.3 Case Study: Siemens Mobile in China
3.4 Case Study: Siemens in China

4. International Product Management and Product Development

4.1 Goals of International Product Management
4.2 Framework Conditions for International Product Management
4.3 International Product Decisions
4.4 International Product Development

5. Exchange Rate Fluctuations and International Price Calculation

5.1 Tasks and Objectives of International Price Management
5.2 Factors Influencing International Price Management
5.3 Instruments of International Price Management

6. International Communication and International Sales Policy

6.1 International Communication Management
6.2 International Sales Management

7. International Marketing and Ethics

7.1 Overview of International Marketing and Ethics
7.2 Business Ethics in International Companies
7.3 Case Study: Nestlé

8. Applied Market Research and Its Influence on Consumer Behavior

8.1 Scope of International Market Research
8.2 Requirements for International Market Research Information
8.3 International Secondary Research
8.4 International Primary Research

9. Monitoring and Control in International Marketing

9.1 Controlling in International Management

10. Six Sigma, Brand Management, and Rebranding

10.1 Six Sigma: Basics, Definitions, and Processes
10.2 Brand Management
10.3 Rebranding

www.iu.org
320 DLBDSEIMB01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Armstrong, G., Kotler, P., & Opresnik, M. O. (2019). Marketing: An introduction (14th ed.).
Pearson.
▪ Green, M. C., & Keegan, W. J. (2020). Global marketing (10th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations—Software of the
mind: Intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival. McGraw-Hill.
▪ Hollensen, S. (2020). Global marketing (8th ed.). Pearson.
▪ Mooij, M. (2018). Global marketing and advertising: Understanding cultural paradoxes (5th
ed.). Sage Publications.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB01 321

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
322 DLBDSEIMB01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 323

International Brand Management

Course Code: DLBDSEIMB02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The aim of this course is to deepen and expand the knowledge acquired in the introductory
elective course International Marketing. The value of a brand is a decisive competitive advantage
for companies in international business. Brands create long-term and profitable customer
relationships. Brands are therefore valuable assets for companies and organizations. Students
learn the basics of brand management before moving on to the concepts and success factors of
international brand management. Students also become familiar with the structure of brand
architectures and the possibilities of brand extensions. The fact that different stakeholder groups
must be taken into account in brand management is communicated to the students on the basis
of the stakeholder concept. In addition, the students get to know the various methods for
measuring brand value and brand controlling. The aspects of trademark protection that are
particularly important in an international environment will be dealt with conclusively.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ recognize the significance of a brand and the general conditions under which brands
operate, as well as the associated tasks of brand management.
▪ describe the components of a brand and its management.
▪ explain the positioning of brands on regional, national and international markets.
▪ understand the role of brand evaluation and compare the most common measurement
techniques.
▪ give an overview of the importance of trademark protection and suggest strategies for
preventing counterfeiting.
▪ conceive of brand strategies and measures for the avoidance or occurrence of brand crises.

Contents
1. Basics of Brand Management
1.1 Brand Significance and Brand Understanding
1.2 Market Conditions
1.3 Tasks and Goals of Brand Management

www.iu.org
324 DLBDSEIMB02

2. Brand Identity, Brand Positioning, and Brand Personality

2.1 Brand Identity as the Basis of Brand Management
2.2 Brand Positioning
2.3 Brand Image
2.4 Brand Personality

3. Brand Strategies
3.1 The Challenges for Brand Strategies
3.2 Brand Strategies for New Products
3.3 Trademark Licensing

4. International Branding
4.1 Importance of Branding for International Companies
4.2 Brand Concepts for International Brands
4.3 Factors for Successful International Brands

5. Brand Architectures and Types of Branding

5.1 Brand Hierarchies
5.2 Co-branding and Ingredient Branding

6. Brand Management and Communication

6.1 Classic Brand Communication
6.2 Brand Communication on the Internet

7. Brand Expansion
7.1 Basics of Brand Extension
7.2 Opportunities and Risks of Brand Extension
7.3 Ideal Typical Sequence of the Brand Extension Process

8. Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Concept

8.1 Basics of Brand Management According to the Stakeholder Principle
8.2 Stakeholder Groups: Consumer Stakeholder Groups
8.3 Stakeholder Groups: Shareholders and Financial Investors
8.4 Stakeholder Groups: Employees
8.5 Stakeholder Groups: Suppliers and the Public

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 325

9. Brand Control
9.1 Basics of Brand Controlling
9.2 Importance and Measurement of Brand Value (Brand Status Analyses)
9.3 Practical Methods for Measuring Brand Value

10. Trademark Protection

10.1 Object of Trademark Protection
10.2 Origin of Trademark Protection
10.3 Trademark Infringements

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Gelder, S. v. (2003): Global Brand Strategy. Unlocking Brand Potential Across Countries,
Cultures and Markets. Kogan Page, London.
▪ Keller, K. L. (2007): Strategic Brand Management. Building, Measuring and Managing Brand
Equity. 3. Auflage, Prentice Hall International, Edinburgh.

www.iu.org
326 DLBDSEIMB02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEIMB02 327

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEIMB02
 DLBDSEAS 329

Applied Sales
Module Code: DLBDSEAS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales I) / Prof. Dr. Patrick Geus (Applied Sales II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Applied Sales I (DLBDSEAS01)

▪ Applied Sales II (DLBDSEAS02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Applied Sales I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam

Applied Sales II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
330 DLBDSEAS

Module Contents

Applied Sales I
▪ Fundamentals of Applied Sales
▪ The Distribution System
▪ Personal Sales
▪ Sales Plans
▪ New Customer Acquisition
▪ A Sales Visit
▪ Conversational Tactics
▪ Conducting Negotiations
▪ Other Sales Channels

Applied Sales II
▪ Marketing and Sales
▪ Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor
▪ Personalities in Sales
▪ Customer-Oriented Communication
▪ Presentation and Rhetoric
▪ Customer Loyalty
▪ Networking
▪ Case Study

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS 331

Learning Outcomes
Applied Sales I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Applied Sales II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in All Bachelor Programmes in the Marketing &
the fields of Marketing & Sales Communication fields

www.iu.org
332 DLBDSEAS01

Applied Sales I
Course Code: DLBDSEAS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The demands on sales thinking are growing every day. Globalized demand combined with high
competition is making it increasingly difficult for companies to compete for customers. At the
same time, customers are becoming better informed, while traditional supply markets are
saturated and at overcapacity. In order to be successful in such an environment, sales thinking
and action are required along with a new type of salesperson. Within the course Applied Sales I
(Introduction), the participants are familiarized with the basic concepts of applied sales. You will
learn about sales organization, dealing with alternative sales channels, and get to know the
dedicated sales planning process. The contents of the module are complemented by the
successful acquisition of new customers, whereby particular attention is paid to the organization
and implementation of customer visits and the conduct of discussions and negotiations.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the fundamentals of applied sales and place them in the context of the
company.
▪ understand the interaction of the individual facets of applied sales.
▪ differentiate between and evaluate individual sales systems.
▪ describe current sales types and sales characteristics.
▪ oversee and classify the entire sales process from customer acquisition to customer
retention.
▪ understand the basics of sales and negotiation management and apply them.
▪ name the usual sales instruments, recognize their advantages and disadvantages, and reflect
on essential fields of application and possibilities.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Applied Sales and Distribution
1.1 Tasks and Forms of Applied Distribution
1.2 Marketing as the Basis of Sales
1.3 Distribution, Sales, and Other Terms
1.4 Sales in Different Economic Sectors

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 333

2. The Distribution System

2.1 Forms of Sales
2.2 Sales Organisation
2.3 Key Account Management
2.4 Multi-Channel Distribution

3. Personal Sales
3.1 The "New Sellers"
3.2 Requirements for Sales Personalities
3.3 The Key Account Manager
3.4 Task of Sales Managers

4. Sales Plan
4.1 Tasks and Objectives of Sales Management
4.2 Observation of Competition in the Context of Sales Management
4.3 Potential Analyses and Sales Planning
4.4 Sales Control and Visit Strategies

5. New Customer Acquisition

5.1 Identification of New Customer Potential
5.2 Customer Relationship Management and Customer Acquisition
5.3 Trade Fairs and Events
5.4 Networking

6. The Sales Visit

6.1 Frequency and Preparation of Visits
6.2 Conduct of a Visit
6.3 Visit Reports and Follow-Up
6.4 Aftercare and Follow-Up

7. Conversational Tactics
7.1 Structured Conversation Preparation
7.2 Goal-Oriented Conversation: The D.A.L.A.S Model
7.3 Questioning Techniques

www.iu.org
334 DLBDSEAS01

8. Conducting Negotiations
8.1 Psychology of Negotiation
8.2 Negotiation Structure
8.3 Objection Handling
8.4 Price Negotiations

9. Other Sales Channels

9.1 Telemarketing
9.2 Catalogue and Brochure Sales
9.3 Internet and E-Commerce

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dannenberg, H./Zupancic, D. (2010): Spitzenleistungen im Vertrieb. Optimierungen im
Vertriebs- und Kundenmanagement. 2. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Eicher, H. (2006): Die geheimen Spielregeln im Verkauf. Wissen, wie der Kunde tickt. Campus,
Frankfurt a. M.
▪ Herndl, K. (2014): Führen im Vertrieb. So unterstützen Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter direkt und
konsequent. 4. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Limbeck, M. (2016): Das neue Hardselling. Verkaufen heißt verkaufen – So kommen Sie zum
Abschluss. 6. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Schneider, W./Henning, A. (2008): Lexikon Kennzahlen für Marketing und Vertrieb. Das
Marketing-Cockpit von A – Z. 2. Auflage, Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Winkelmann, P. (2012): Marketing und Vertrieb. Fundamente für die Marktorientierte
Unternehmensführung. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS01 335

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
336 DLBDSEAS02

Applied Sales II
Course Code: DLBDSEAS02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The course Applied Sales II builds on the basics taught in the course "Applied Sales I" and
broadens and deepens them. First, the tension between marketing and sales is examined in more
detail. Based on this, essential backgrounds and central target figures for successful sales
management (e.g., customer satisfaction and loyalty as well as the customer life cycle) are derived
and operationalized in order to create the basis for efficient and effective customer relationship
management. As the process progresses, attention will also be paid to mental processes and
consumer behavior in general. In addition, strategies and paths to successful negotiation are
deepened and supplemented by convincing communication techniques. The course concludes
with a case study in the course of which the students have the opportunity to apply what they
have learned in a practice-oriented manner.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the interaction and the respective areas of responsibility of marketing and sales.
▪ reflect on and classify the goals and measures within the framework of the applied sales
system.
▪ assess the relevance of customer satisfaction and retention. In addition, the students will be
familiar with the central design elements of CRM.
▪ reflect on and assess alternative approaches to customer loyalty and relationship
management and apply them in business practice.
▪ understand the meaning of the terms customer life cycle and customer value, and develop
approaches to manage them in the sense of the respective sales targets.
▪ use descriptive presentation techniques in order to convince customers and other sales
partners.
▪ understand the relevance of networking and develop strategies to broaden the contact base.
▪ develop and evaluate their own market analyses and sales concepts on the basis of practical
experience within the framework of the case study.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 337

Contents
1. Marketing and Sales
1.1 Marketing Tasks and Functions
1.2 Sales Marketing in Different Economic Sectors
1.3 Relationship Marketing
1.4 International Marketing and Sales Cooperations

2. Customer Satisfaction as a Success Factor

2.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2.2 The CRM Success Chain
2.3 Customer Relationship Strategies

3. Personalities in Sales
3.1 Sales Personalities and Differentiation
3.2 Selling in Teams
3.3 Negotiating With Committees

4. Customer-Oriented Communication
4.1 Communication Tasks in Sales
4.2 Sales Promotion by Sales Staff
4.3 Team Sales Promotion
4.4 Sales Promotion by the Company

5. Presentation and Rhetoric

5.1 Rhetoric in Sales
5.2 Presentation Techniques
5.3 Nonverbal Communication

6. Customer Loyalty
6.1 Customer Retention Management
6.2 Customer Programs and Other Customer Loyalty Tools
6.3 Complaint Management

7. Networking
7.1 Network Competencies in the Company
7.2 Building and Shaping Relationships
7.3 Networking via Social Media

www.iu.org
338 DLBDSEAS02

8. Case Study in IQ Media Marketing

8.1 The Market Situation
8.2 The Marketing Situation
8.3 IQ Media Marketing and IQ Digital Media Marketing

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Dannenberg, H./Zupancic, D. (2010): Spitzenleistungen im Vertrieb. Optimierungen im
Vertriebs- und Kundenmanagement. 2. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Eicher, H. (2006): Die geheimen Spielregeln im Verkauf. Wissen, wie der Kunde tickt. Campus,
Frankfurt a. M.
▪ Herndl, K. (2014): Führen im Vertrieb. So unterstützen Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter direkt und
konsequent. 4. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Limbeck, M. (2016): Das neue Hardselling. Verkaufen heißt verkaufen – So kommen Sie zum
Abschluss. 6. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Schneider, W./Henning, A. (2008): Lexikon Kennzahlen für Marketing und Vertrieb. Das
Marketing-Cockpit von A – Z. 2. Auflage, Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Winkelmann, P. (2012): Marketing und Vertrieb. Fundamente für die Marktorientierte
Unternehmensführung. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAS02 339

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAS02
 DLBDSESCM 341

Supply Chain Management

Module Code: DLBDSESCM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Supply Chain Management I ) / N.N. (Supply Chain Management II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Supply Chain Management I (DLBDSESCM01)

▪ Supply Chain Management II (DLBDSESCM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Supply Chain Management I

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Supply Chain Management II

• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (-)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
342 DLBDSESCM

Module Contents

Supply Chain Management I

▪ Historical and terminological aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Motives for the creation of cross-company value creation networks
▪ Design principles and effects of value creation networks
▪ Logistical core processes and SCM
▪ Information technology aspects of the SCM concept
▪ Coordination and collaboration of the network partners
▪ Industry-specific solutions of the SCM

Supply Chain Management II

▪ Strategic aspects of SCM
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Planning Process
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process of Procurement
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Process Production
▪ SCM Practice: Tasks and Activities in the Core Distribution Process

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM 343

Learning Outcomes
Supply Chain Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Supply Chain Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Transport &
fields of Logistics & Transportation Logistics fields

www.iu.org
344 DLBDSESCM01

Supply Chain Management I

Course Code: DLBDSESCM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
SCM proves to be an extremely multi-faceted construct from both a theoretical and a practical
point of view. An adequate understanding of the problem dimensions and modes of action of
(global) cross-company value creation networks requires a multidimensional approach. It starts by
considering logistical processes, with modern process, flow, and network standards forming an
important basis for SCM. On the basis of such an approach, students should gain a fundamental
understanding of SCM. From the point of view of a holistic approach, it also makes sense to also
examine a number of other typical problem areas in addition to the logistical challenges of this
concept. This includes IT aspects of SCM (e.g., APS systems), and questions to do with the
collaboration and coordination of network partners. This course also considers selected industry
specific SCM solutions (ECR or VMI).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the importance of cross-company value creation processes.

▪ understand common concepts for modeling cross-company value creation processes.
▪ understand dynamic effects in supply chains and can systematize their causes and effects.
▪ explain important theoretical concepts for describing the characteristics and challenges of
cross-company value creation processes.
▪ explain the approaches and problem categories commonly used in the context of supply
chain management.
▪ understand important reference and/or management models for the concretization of
supply chain systems.
▪ name and detail important roles and tasks in the SCM network.
▪ deal with the coordination problem of SCM and describe the common solution approaches.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of the Supply Chain Concept
1.1 Terminological and Conceptual Fundamentals
1.2 Supply Chain Typology According to Otto
1.3 Supply Chain Typology According to Bechtel/Jayaram
1.4 Dynamic Aspects of Supply Chains

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 345

2. Selected Theoretical Concepts for the Supply Chain Concept

2.1 New Institutional Economics
2.2 Game Theory
2.3 Network Approach
2.4 Other Theoretical Additions

3. Supply Chain Management

3.1 Basic Information on the Goals and Scope of SCM
3.2 Popular Problem Areas of the SCM
3.3 Supply Chain Management as an Evolutionary Step in Logistics
3.4 Supply Chain Management as Cooperation Management

4. SCM Model
4.1 Basic Information on the Term SCM Models
4.2 SCOR Model
4.3 SCM Task Model

5. SCM as a Coordination Problem

5.1 Basic Information on the Concept of Coordination
5.2 Coordination Concepts, Context, and Perspectives of SCM
5.3 Coordination Instruments

www.iu.org
346 DLBDSESCM01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arndt, H. (2018): Supply Chain Management. Optimierung logistischer Prozesse. 7. Auflage,
Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Grosche, P. (2012): Konfiguration und Koordination von Wertschöpfungsaktivitäten in
internationalen Unternehmen. Eine empirische Untersuchung in der Automobilindustrie.
Gabler-Verlag, Wiesbaden.
▪ Heiserich, O.E./Helbig, K./Ullmann, W. (2011): Logistik. Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. 4.
Auflage, Gabler-Verlag | Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden 2011.
▪ Hertel, J./Zentes, J./Schramm-Klein, H. (2011): Supply-Chain-Management und
Warenwirtschaftssysteme im Handel. 2. Auflage, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.
▪ Hungenberg, H. (2014): Strategisches Management in Unternehmen. Ziele-Prozesse-Verfahren.
8. Auflage, Wiesbaden.
▪ Pfohl, H. C. (2010): Logistiksysteme. Betriebswirtschaftliche Grundlagen. 8 Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Schulte, C. (2013): Logistik. Wege zur Optimierung der Supply Chain. 6. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.
▪ Werner, H. (2013): Supply Chain Management. Grundlagen, Strategien, Instrumente und
Controlling. 5. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM01 347

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
348 DLBDSESCM01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 349

Supply Chain Management II

Course Code: DLBDSESCM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
From the perspective of strategic management research and practice, the activities covered by the
term SCM are closely related to efforts to build and/or maintain a stable operational competitive
advantage. A fundamental discussion of this relationship forms the starting point for the course.
On this basis, a differentiated analysis of strategy-relevant activities and instruments in the Plan,
Source, Make, Deliver, and Return process categories is then carried out using the SCOR model.
Special attention is given to the practice-relevant areas of SCM, e.g., order-promising (plan),
supplier-relation-management (source), postponement (make), and the ECR-concept (deliver).

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematically explain the strategic relevance of enterprise-wide value creation processes.

▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process planning.
▪ systematize the elements and interrelationships in the CPFR model in a differentiated way.
▪ be familiar with the characteristics and peculiarities of contract logistics.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process procurement.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a procurement strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process production.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of a modern production strategy.
▪ understand the most important tasks and problems in the SCM core process distribution.
▪ explain central elements and characteristics of the so-called ECR concept.

Contents
1. Strategic Aspects of SCM
1.1 Strategic Thinking and Action: General Information
1.2 Competition Focus and SCM
1.3 Competition Location and SCM
1.4 Competition Rules and SCM

www.iu.org
350 DLBDSESCM02

2. SCM Practice: Core Process Planning

2.1 General Preliminary Considerations
2.2 Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment
2.3 Order Promoting
2.4 Kanban
2.5 Integration of X-PL Logistics Service Providers

3. SCM Practice: Core Process Procurement

3.1 General Preliminary Considerations
3.2 Production Synchronous Procurement
3.3 Sourcing Concepts
3.4 Supplier Relations Management

4. SCM Practice: Core Process Production

4.1 Selected Aspects of the Problem Background
4.2 Collaborative Engineering
4.3 Postponement Strategies
4.4 Value Added Partnership

5. SCM Practice: Core Process Distribution

5.1 Basic Information on the Distribution Problem
5.2 Efficient Consumer Response (ECR)
5.3 Consignment Warehouse

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 351

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arndt, H. (2018): Supply Chain Management. Optimierung logistischer Prozesse. 7. Auflage,
Gabler, Wiesbaden.
▪ Grosche, P. (2012): Konfiguration und Koordination von Wertschöpfungsaktivitäten in
internationalen Unternehmen. Eine empirische Untersuchung in der Automobilindustrie.
Gabler-Verlag, Wiesbaden.
▪ Heiserich, O.E./Helbig, K./Ullmann, W. (2011): Logistik. Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. 4.
Auflage, Gabler-Verlag | Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden 2011.
▪ Hertel, J./Zentes, J./Schramm-Klein, H. (2011): Supply-Chain-Management und
Warenwirtschaftssysteme im Handel. 2. Auflage, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.
▪ Hungenberg, H. (2014): Strategisches Management in Unternehmen. Ziele-Prozesse-Verfahren.
8. Auflage, Wiesbaden.
▪ Pfohl, H. C. (2010): Logistiksysteme. Betriebswirtschaftliche Grundlagen. 8 Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Schulte, C. (2013): Logistik. Wege zur Optimierung der Supply Chain. 6. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.
▪ Werner, H. (2013): Supply Chain Management. Grundlagen, Strategien, Instrumente und
Controlling. 5. Auflage, Gabler, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
352 DLBDSESCM02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESCM02 353

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESCM02
 DLBDSEFSM 355

Financial Services Management

Module Code: DLBDSEFSM

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Financial Services Management I) / N.N. (Financial Services Management II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Financial Services Management I (DLBDSEFSM01)

▪ Financial Services Management II (DLBDSEFSM02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Financial Services Management I

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Financial Services Management II

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Module
Exam (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
356 DLBDSEFSM

Module Contents

Financial Services Management I

▪ Financial Markets and Financial Intermediaries
▪ Financial Intermediation in Germany
▪ Financial Services
▪ Debt Financing Through Financial Intermediaries
▪ Equity Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

Financial Services Management II

▪ Fundamentals of the Monetary and Asset Situation
▪ Investment in Money
▪ Investment in Tangible Assets
▪ Investment Funds and Certificates
▪ Insurance Financial Services

Learning Outcomes
Financial Services Management I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ know the role of a financial service provider as a financier as well as how individual markets
function in the financing sector.
▪ understand the basic relationships between the different financial services and their
(supervisory) legal frameworks.
▪ evaluate the potential influence of the financial services sector on the real economy.
▪ familiarize themselves with the financing services offered both for external financing and for
self-financing.
▪ assess the importance of financial services in the form of debt and equity financing in the
short, medium, and long term.

Financial Services Management II

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ systematize the different possibilities for the investment of financial surpluses.
▪ with the help of knowledge gained regarding conflicts involved in making financial
investments, apply different aspects of investment decision-making to financial instruments.
▪ assess the various forms of investment in order of their safety.
▪ analyze the various forms of investment in terms of risk and return.
▪ understand that investment funds, certificates, and derivatives are modern products of
financial service providers, which bring high returns and sometimes high risk.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the Business &
fields of Finance & Tax Accounting Management fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM01 357

Financial Services Management I

Course Code: DLBDSEFSM01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The course explains the origin and constitution of the financial market. As a result of the
imperfection of the financial market, the necessity of financial intermediaries is theoretically
derived, which leads to the thesis of disintermediation. Since the German financial market is
determined by regulations and supervision, the legal framework is discussed. The financial
services of banks and other specialized financial intermediaries are presented. The main forms of
debt financing through financial intermediaries are presented as well as financing with equity
capital.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ know the role of a financial service provider as a financier as well as how individual markets
function in the financing sector.
▪ understand the basic relationships between the different financial services and their
(supervisory) legal frameworks.
▪ evaluate the potential influence of the financial services sector on the real economy.
▪ familiarize themselves with the financing services offered both for external financing and for
self-financing.
▪ assess the importance of financial services in the form of debt and equity financing in the
short, medium, and long term.

Contents
1. Financial Markets and Financial Intermediaries
1.1 Origin and Basic Problems of the Financial Market
1.2 Appearances and Functions of Financial Intermediaries

2. Financial Intermediation in Germany

2.1 The Banking System in Germany
2.2 Asset Management Companies and Insurance Companies
2.3 Regulations and Supervision

3. Financial Services
3.1 Financing Needs
3.2 The Range of Financial Services

www.iu.org
358 DLBDSEFSM01

4. Debt Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

4.1 Types of Loans
4.2 Lending and Collateralization
4.3 Credit Substitutes

5. Equity Financing Through Financial Intermediaries

5.1 Equity Financing Through Capital Participation and Venture Financing Companies
5.2 Equity Capital Markets Issuance
5.3 The Thesis of Disintermediation in Finance

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bitz, M./Stark, G. (2008): Finanzdienstleistungen. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München/Wien.
▪ Brealey, R. A./Myers, S. C. (2010): Principles of Corporate Finance. 10. Auflage, McGraw-Hill,
London.
▪ Copeland, T. E./Weston, J. F./Shastri, K. (2008): Finanzierungstheorie und
Unternehmenspolitik. 4. Auflage, Pearson, München.
▪ Hartmann-Wendels, T./Pfingsten, A./Weber. M. (2006): Bankbetriebslehre. 4. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Perridon, L./Steiner, M./Rathgeber, A. W. (2009): Finanzwirtschaft der Unternehmung. 15.
Auflage, Vahlen, München.
▪ Wöhe, G. et al. (2009): Grundzüge der Unternehmensfinanzierung. 10. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM01 359

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
360 DLBDSEFSM02

Financial Services Management II

Course Code: DLBDSEFSM02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, the different possibilities of investing financial surpluses are systematized. The
conflicting relationship between the risks, returns, and liquidity of a financial investment are
presented, and the different aspects of decision-making for investment in one of the financial
instruments are shown. The various forms of investment (monetary values, tangible assets) are
presented in the order of their security. The functions that insurance companies perform as
financial service providers complete the picture. The different forms of life insurance and their
role in old-age provision are presented.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ systematize the different possibilities for the investment of financial surpluses.

▪ with the help of knowledge gained regarding conflicts involved in making financial
investments, apply different aspects of investment decision-making to financial instruments.
▪ assess the various forms of investment in order of their safety.
▪ analyze the various forms of investment in terms of risk and return.
▪ understand that investment funds, certificates, and derivatives are modern products of
financial service providers, which bring high returns and sometimes high risk.

Contents
1. Basic Information on Investing Money and Assets
1.1 Basic Concepts of Money and Asset Investment
1.2 Framework Conditions for Decisions on Plants
1.3 Investment Products

2. Investment in Money
2.1 Investment in Accounts
2.2 Savings Bonds
2.3 Fixed-Interest Securities

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEFSM02 361

3. Investment in Tangible Assets

3.1 Shares
3.2 Stock Exchange Trading
3.3 Investment in Real Estate

4. Investment Funds and Certificates

4.1 Mutual Funds
4.2 Fund of Funds and Hedge Funds
4.3 Derivatives

5. Insurance Financial Services

5.1 Fundamentals of the Insurance Industry
5.2 The Life Insurances

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Bitz, M./Stark, G. (2008): Finanzdienstleistungen. 8. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München/Wien.
▪ Brealey, R. A./Myers, S. C. (2010): Principles of Corporate Finance. 10. Auflage, McGraw-Hill,
London.
▪ Copeland, T. E./Weston, J. F./Shastri, K. (2008): Finanzierungstheorie und
Unternehmenspolitik. 4. Auflage, Pearson, München.
▪ Hartmann-Wendels, T./Pfingsten, A./Weber. M. (2006): Bankbetriebslehre. 4. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Perridon, L./Steiner, M./Rathgeber, A. W. (2009): Finanzwirtschaft der Unternehmung. 15.
Auflage, Vahlen, München.
▪ Wöhe, G. et al. (2009): Grundzüge der Unternehmensfinanzierung. 10. Auflage, Vahlen,
München.

www.iu.org
362 DLBDSEFSM02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Module Exam

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 363

Smart Factory
Module Code: DLBDSESF

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Smart Factory I) / Prof. Dr. Christian Magnus (Smart Factory II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Smart Factory I (DLBDSESF01)

▪ Smart Factory II (DLBDSESF02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Smart Factory I
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Smart Factory II
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Project Report

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
364 DLBDSESF

Module Contents

Smart Factory I
▪ Motivation and Definition of Terms
▪ Development of Automation
▪ Technological Basics and Standards
▪ Basic concepts of a Smart Factory
▪ Reference Architectures
▪ Smart Factory Engineering
▪ Safety and Security

Smart Factory II

A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the module. It
provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated by the seminar
leader.

Learning Outcomes
Smart Factory I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.
▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Smart Factory II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF 365

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
fields of Computer Science & Software Technology fields
Development

www.iu.org
366 DLBDSESF01

Smart Factory I
Course Code: DLBDSESF01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, students will gain a deeper insight into the networking and digitization of
production facilities by examining a Smart Factory. For this purpose, they will be familiarized with
the basic goals of a Smart Factory in the context of the research complex Industry 4.0. After a brief
introduction to the history of automation, students will learn the technical basics and standards
required to design and operate a Smart Factory. Building on this, they will learn how these
individual technologies are used to implement the central concepts of a Smart Factory. In order to
understand which components a Smart Factory consists of, different reference architectures are
presented and compared. The course concludes with the special engineering challenges of an
autonomously acting and decentralized production plant. Above all, this includes IT security, which
is particularly relevant due to the digital networking of production facilities and products.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the term Smart Factory in the context of Industry 4.0.

▪ be able to trace the development of automation to a fully autonomous, non-centrally
organized production plant.
▪ understand the basic technologies and standards used to design and operate a Smart
Factory.
▪ understand the essential concepts of a Smart Factory.
▪ identify and differentiate between the individual elements of a Smart Factory using different
reference architectures.
▪ understand the special engineering challenges in the Smart Energy context.
▪ understand the special safety risks of digitized and networked production plants and assign
concrete recommendations for action.

Contents
1. Motivation and Definition of Terms
1.1 Goals of Smart Factory
1.2 Internet of Things
1.3 Cyber-Physical Systems
1.4 Cyber-Physical Production Systems
1.5 Smart Factory as a Cyber-Physical (Production) System

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 367

2. Development of Automation
2.1 Automation Pyramid
2.2 Networked, Decentralized Organization of Production
2.3 Future Challenges

3. Technological Basics and Standards

3.1 Identification of Physical Objects
3.2 Formal Description Languages and Ontologies
3.3 Digital Object Memory
3.4 Physical Situation Recognition
3.5 (Partially) Autonomous Action and Cooperation
3.6 Human-Machine Interaction
3.7 Machine to Machine Communication

4. Basic Concepts of a Smart Factory

4.1 Order-Controlled Production
4.2 Bundling of Machine and Production Data
4.3 Supporting People in Production
4.4 Intelligent Products and Resources
4.5 Smart Services

5. Reference Architectures
5.1 Purpose and Properties of Reference Architectures
5.2 Overview of Standardization Initiatives
5.3 CyProS Reference Architecture
5.4 RAMI 4.0 (DIN SPEC 91345)

6. Smart Factory Engineering

6.1 Classification of Different Engineering Tools
6.2 Virtual Engineering
6.3 User-Centered Design
6.4 Requirements Engineering
6.5 Modelling
6.6 Integration of Classic and Smart Components

www.iu.org
368 DLBDSESF01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Butun, I. (2020). Industrial IoT: Challenges, design principles, applications, and security.
Springer.
▪ Drossel, W. G., Ihlenfeldt, S., Lanzger, T., & Dumitrescu, R. (2019). Cyber-physical systems. In R.
Neugebauer (Ed.), Digital transformation (pp. 189—213). Springer.
▪ Durakbasa, N. M., & Gençyılmaz, M. G. (Eds.). (2021). Digital conversion on the way to Industry
4.0. Springer.
▪ Ustundag, A., & Cevikcan, E. (2018). Industry 4.0: Managing the digital transformation. Springer.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF01 369

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
370 DLBDSESF02

Smart Factory II
Course Code: DLBDSESF02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, students select a concrete task from the catalog of topics provided in consultation
with the seminar leader. They will work on the task in a prototyping environment suited to the
task, which can be either a hardware (e.g., prototyping boards) or software (e.g., technology-
specific development environments) environment. To complete the task, students apply the
concepts, methods, and tools taught in the Smart Factory I course. They document their results
with a project report.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ have a deeper understanding of the technologies and standards in the context of Smart
Factory.
▪ apply technologies in the context of Smart Factory to a simple practical example.
▪ design a hardware or software prototype for a selected task.
▪ document, design, and develop activities in the form of a project report.

Contents
▪ A catalogue with the currently provided tasks is provided on the online platform of the
module. It provides the content basis of the module and can be supplemented or updated
by the seminar leader.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading

www.iu.org
 DLBDSESF02 371

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Project

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Project Report

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSESF02
 DLBDSEAR 373

Automation and Robotics

Module Code: DLBDSEAR

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum ▪ none BA 10 300 h
▪ DLBDSEAR01

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Mario Boßlau (Production Engineering) / N.N. (Automation and Robotics)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Production Engineering (DLBDSEAR01)

▪ Automation and Robotics (DLBDSEAR02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Production Engineering
• Study Format "myStudies": Exam, 90 Minutes
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Automation and Robotics

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
374 DLBDSEAR

Module Contents

Production Engineering
▪ Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
▪ Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580
▪ Additive Manufacturing Processes
▪ Rapid Prototyping
▪ Rapid Tooling
▪ Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
▪ Cyber-Physical Production Plants

Automation and Robotics

▪ Basics of Automation
▪ Fundamentals of Measurement Technology
▪ Sensors
▪ Basics of Control Engineering
▪ Basics of Control Technology
▪ Introduction to Robotics
▪ Kinematics of a Robot

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR 375

Learning Outcomes
Production Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.
▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Automation and Robotics

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.
▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
376 DLBDSEAR01

Production Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSEAR01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an overview of the processes that have
influenced and still influence production processes through technological developments under
the generic term Industry 4.0, based on traditional, standardized manufacturing techniques. These
include, in particular, technological advances in additive manufacturing processes that enable
applications such as rapid prototyping, rapid tooling, and direct manufacturing. Finally, the course
deals with the consequences of the digitalization and networking of production facilities and their
elements in the sense of a cyber-physical system.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic concepts and interrelationships of production engineering.

▪ understand current changes in manufacturing technology due to technologies such as
additive manufacturing and megatrends such as cyber physical systems.
▪ assign different manufacturing processes to the main manufacturing groups according to
DIN 8580.
▪ understand the basic principle of additive manufacturing processes.
▪ distinguish between different additive manufacturing processes.
▪ understand the terms Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, and Direct Manufacturing and name
individual processes and application examples.
▪ understand the elements and properties of cyber-physical production plants.

Contents
1. Introduction to Manufacturing Technology
1.1 Basic Terms and Contexts in Manufacturing Theory
1.2 Historical Development of Production
1.3 The Discussion About the Long Tail

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 377

2. Main Production Groups According to DIN 8580

2.1 Archetypes
2.2 Reshaping
2.3 Cutting (Cutting, Machining, Ablation)
2.4 Joining
2.5 Coating
2.6 Substance Property Changes

3. Additive Manufacturing Processes

3.1 Basic Principles and Legal Aspects
3.2 Stereolithography (STL)
3.3 Selective Laser Sintering and Selective Beam Melting With Laser or Electron Beam
3.4 Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
3.5 Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM) and Poly-Jet Process (PJM)
3.6 3D Printing Process (3DP)
3.7 Laminating Processes
3.8 Mask Sintering

4. Rapid Prototyping
4.1 Definition
4.2 Strategic and Operational Aspects
4.3 Application Areas and Examples

5. Rapid Tooling
5.1 Definition, Strategic, and Operational Aspects
5.2 Indirect and Direct Procedures

6. Direct/Rapid Manufacturing
6.1 Potentials and Requirements for Procedures
6.2 Implementation, Application Areas, and Examples

7. Cyber-Physical Production Plants

7.1 Derivation of the Terms Industry 4.0 and Cyber-Physical Systems
7.2 Megatrend Cyber Physical Systems (CPS)
7.3 Definition Cyber-Physical Production Plant
7.4 Effects on Planning and Operation of Production Facilities
7.5 Dynamic Reconfiguration and Migration of Production Facilities

www.iu.org
378 DLBDSEAR01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Anderson, C. (2012): Makers. The new industrial revolution. Crown Business, New York.
▪ Bauernhansl, Thomas/Hompel, M. ten/Vogel-Heuser, B. (Hrsg.) (2014): Industrie 4.0 in
Produktion, Automatisierung und Logistik. Anwendung – Technologien – Migration. Springer,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Gebhardt, A. (2012): Understanding Additive Manufacturing. Rapid Prototyping – Rapid Tooling
– Rapid Manufacturing. Hanser, München/Cincinnati.
▪ Lachmayer, R./Lippert, R. B./Fahlbusch, T. (Hrsg.) (2016): 3D-Druck beleuchtet. Additive
Manufacturing auf dem Weg in die Anwendung. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg.
▪ Wittenstein, M. et al. (Hrsg.) (2015): Intelligente Vernetzung in der Fabrik. Industrie 4.0.
Umsetzungsbeispiele für die Praxis. Fraunhofer Verlag, Stuttgart.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR01 379

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
380 DLBDSEAR01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 381

Automation and Robotics

Course Code: DLBDSEAR02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 DLBDSEAR01

Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide students with an insight into measurement, control, and
regulation technology and convey the basics of robotics. Students will be taught which methods
can be used to determine certain measured variables and how measurement errors are dealt with.
Based on these fundamentals, various sensors will be presented and students will be able to
select suitable sensors based on predefined criteria. The course also introduces students to the
basics of control engineering. The different ways of describing the structure and behaviour of
control systems are illustrated to the students. The basics of control engineering are also taught.
The students receive a short introduction to binary number systems and Boolean algebra, and
deal with various basal circuit and control elements. Finally, students will gain an insight into
robotics with a focus on industrial robots. In this context, the students learn the description and
calculation of positions and movements of individual limbs of a robot arm.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand the basic aspects of automation.

▪ understand the different sizes and units in measurement technology.
▪ differentiate between different measurement methods.
▪ understand the basic structure of measuring equipment.
▪ select a suitable sensor based on various criteria.
▪ understand the elements of control systems.
▪ describe the behavior of control systems in the time and frequency domain.
▪ understand the basic principles of control technology.
▪ convert between different number systems and apply Boolean algebra.
▪ understand the structure of switching networks, plants, and storages.
▪ understand important elements of control systems such as signal generators and power
amplifiers.
▪ design simple programmable logic controllers.
▪ understand the basic structure of industrial robots.
▪ calculate different movements and positions of jointed-arm robots.

www.iu.org
382 DLBDSEAR02

Contents
1. Basics of Automation
1.1 Basic Terms
1.2 Economic Aspects
1.3 Automation Pyramid
1.4 Measuring, Control, and Regulation Systems

2. Fundamentals of Measurement Technology

2.1 Measurands and Units
2.2 Forms of Measurement Signals
2.3 Measurement Techniques
2.4 Measuring Equipment
2.5 Evaluation of Measurements and Measurement Errors

3. Sensors
3.1 Function and Elements of Sensors
3.2 Criteria for the Selection of Sensors
3.3 Proximity Switches
3.4 Photoelectric Sensors
3.5 Ultrasonic Sensors
3.6 Rotary Encoder
3.7 Force, Torque, and Pressure Gauges
3.8 Temperature Sensors
3.9 Image Processing Sensors

4. Basics of Control Engineering

4.1 Elements of Control Systems
4.2 Structure Description
4.3 Static Behavioral Description
4.4 Behavioral Description in the Time Domain
4.5 Behavioral Description in the Frequency Domain
4.6 Practical examples

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAR02 383

5. Basics of Control Technology

5.1 Basic Principle and Elements of Control Systems
5.2 Numerical Representations
5.3 Boolean Algebra
5.4 Switching Networks, Plants, and Storage Facilities
5.5 Signal Generators and Power Amplifiers
5.6 Programmable Logic Controllers
5.7 Connection-Programmed Controls

6. Introduction to Robotics
6.1 Terms and Classification
6.2 Basic Elements
6.3 Classification of Robots

7. Kinematics of a Robot
7.1 Coordinate Systems and Reference Points
7.2 Rotations
7.3 Forward and Reverse Transformations
7.4 Denavit-Hartenberg Transformation

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Heinrich, B./Linke, P./Glöckler, M. (2015): Grundlagen Automatisierung. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Hesse, S./Malisa, V. (Hrsg.) (2016): Taschenbuch Robotik – Montage – Handhabung. 2. Auflage,
Carl Hanser Verlag, München.
▪ Jazar, R. N. (2010): Theory of Applied Robotics. 2. Auflage, Springer US, Boston (MA).
▪ Karaali, C. (2013): Grundlagen der Steuerungstechnik. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Parthier, R. (2011): Messtechnik. Grundlagen und Anwendungen der elektrischen Messtechnik
für alle technischen Fachrichtungen und Wirtschaftsingenieure. 6. Auflage, Vieweg & Teubner,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Tietze, U./Schenk, C./Gamm, E. (2016): Halbleiter-Schaltungstechnik. 15. Auflage, Springer,
Berlin.
▪ Zacher, S./Reuter, M. (2014): Regelungstechnik für Ingenieure. Springer, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
384 DLBDSEAR02

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD 385

Autonomous Driving
Module Code: DLBDSEAD

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Self-Driving Vehicles) / N.N. (Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01)

▪ Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology (DLBDSEAD02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Self-Driving Vehicles
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes (50)

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-

Driving Technology
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Research Essay (50)

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
386 DLBDSEAD

Module Contents

Self-Driving Vehicles
▪ Safety standards
▪ Sensor fusion
▪ Computer vision
▪ Localization & motion
▪ Motion planning

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include (but
are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or implications for
society, law, or relevant industries.

Learning Outcomes
Self-Driving Vehicles
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ cite relevant safety standards.
▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving Technology

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.
▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
field of Engineering fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 387

Self-Driving Vehicles
Course Code: DLBDSEAD01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This course focuses on the foundations of autonomous vehicles and starts with a detailed
introduction to relevant safety standards in terms of functional and IT security.This course
continues with a presentation of the concept of sensor fusion and discusses relevant aspects of
computer vision techniques such as feature detection, calibration, and semantic segmentation.A
large part of the course concerns localization and motion planning. Relevant motion models are
introduced and localization techniques such as odometry, triangulation, and satellite-based
systems are discussed in detail, along with path planning, motion prediction, and trajectory
generation.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ cite relevant safety standards.

▪ grasp the concepts of sensors and sensor fusion.
▪ apply computer vision techniques to detect features.
▪ evaluate images in terms of semantic segmentation.
▪ understand motion models and localization approaches.
▪ utilize motion planning techniques.

Contents
1. Sensors
1.1 Physical principles of sensors
1.2 Types of sensors
1.3 Sensor calibaration
1.4 Application scenarios

2. Sensor Fusion
2.1 Elaborating data from sensors
2.2 Kalman filter
2.3 Object tracking

www.iu.org
388 DLBDSEAD01

3. Computer Vision
3.1 Pixels and filters
3.2 Feature detection
3.3 Distortions and calibration
3.4 Semantic segmentation

4. Localization & Motion

4.1 Motion models
4.2 Odometry
4.3 Triangulation
4.4 Satellite-based localization

5. Motion planning
5.1 Path planning
5.2 Motion prediction
5.3 Trajectory generation

6. Safety Standards
6.1 Functional Safety
6.2 IT Security Standards
6.3 Safety development approaches

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD01 389

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
390 DLBDSEAD01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 391

Seminar: Current Topics and Trends in Self-Driving

Technology
Course Code: DLBDSEAD02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
This courses focuses on recent developments in the field of self-driving vehicles. Following the
course Self-Driving Vehicles (DLBDSEAD01), in this course students will focus on a particular topic
in the context of autonomous driving, applying the knowledge they have obtained in the first
course.Finally, a research essay will be written.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ transfer theoretical knowledge and methods to new domains.

▪ understand recent developments in self-driving vehicles.
▪ create new insights based on detailed studies of current research and technology.

Contents
▪ The seminar covers current topics of autonomous vehicles. The choice of topics can include
(but are not limited to) recent technical advances as well as philosophical issues or
implications for society, law, or relevant industries.

www.iu.org
392 DLBDSEAD02

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Ben-Ari, M./Mondada, F. (2018): Elements of robotics. Springer, Cham.
▪ European Union. (2001).:Directive 2001/95/EG. (URL: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/DE/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32001L0095 [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Fisher, R. B., et al. (2016): Dictionary of computer vision and image processing. John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester.
▪ International Electrotechnical Commission. (2015): IEC 61508. (URL: https://www.iec.ch/
functionalsafety/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2009): ISO 15408. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/50341.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 25119. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/69026.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO 26262. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/68383.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (n.d.): ISO 21434. (URL: https://www.iso.org/
standard/70918.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ International Organization for Standardization. (2018): ISO/IEC 27001. (URL: https://
www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Marchthaler, R./Dingler, S. (2017): Kalman-Filter. Springer, Wiesbaden.
▪ Rausand, M. (2014): Reliability of safety‐critical systems: Theory and applications. Wiley,
Hoboken, NJ.
▪ Smith, D. J./Simpson, K. (2016): The safety critical systems handbook. 4th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Smith, D. J. (2017): Reliability, maintainability and risk. 9th ed., Elsevier, Oxford.
▪ Society of Automobile Engineers International. (2012): SAE J3061. (URL: https://www.sae.org/
standards/content/j3061/ [Retrieved: 28.02.2020])
▪ Szelski, R. (2011): Computer vision: Algorithms and applications. 2nd ed., Springer VS,
Wiesbaden.
▪ Wang, P. K.-C. (2015): Visibility-based optimal path and motion planning (vol. 568). Springer,
Cham.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSEAD02 393

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Seminar

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Research Essay

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
120 h 0h 30 h 0h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☑ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSEAD02
 DLFSWG 395

Foreign Language German

Module Code: DLFSWG

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Certificate Course German) / N.N. (Foreign Language German)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course German (DLFSWG01)

▪ Foreign Language German (DLFSG01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course German

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language German

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
396 DLFSWG

Module Contents

Certificate Course German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language German

To learn and deepen German as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course German
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language German

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWG01 397

Certificate Course German

Course Code: DLFSWG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
398 DLFSWG01

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWG01 399

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
400 DLFSG01

Foreign Language German

Course Code: DLFSG01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
German as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language German according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSG01 401

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
402 DLFSG01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI_E 403

Foreign Language Italian

Module Code: DLFSWI_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Certificate Course Italian) / N.N. (Foreign Language Italian)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Italian (DLFSWI01_E)

▪ Foreign Language Italian (DLFSI01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Italian

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language Italian

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
404 DLFSWI_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Italian

To learn and deepen Italian as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Italian
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language Italian

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI01_E 405

Certificate Course Italian

Course Code: DLFSWI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
406 DLFSWI01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWI01_E 407

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
408 DLFSI01_E

Foreign Language Italian

Course Code: DLFSI01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Italian as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Italian according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSI01_E 409

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
410 DLFSI01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF_E 411

Foreign Language French

Module Code: DLFSWF_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Certificate Course French) / N.N. (Foreign Language French)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course French (DLFSWF01_E)

▪ Foreign Language French (DLFSF01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course French

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language French

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
412 DLFSWF_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language French

To learn and deepen French as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course French
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Foreign Language French

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF01_E 413

Certificate Course French

Course Code: DLFSWF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
414 DLFSWF01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWF01_E 415

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
416 DLFSF01_E

Foreign Language French

Course Code: DLFSF01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
French as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language French according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of everyday
topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced grammatical
structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSF01_E 417

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
418 DLFSF01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS_E 419

Foreign Language Spanish

Module Code: DLFSWS_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Certificate Course Spanish) / N.N. (Foreign Language Spanish)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Certificate Course Spanish (DLFSWS01_E)

▪ Foreign Language Spanish (DLFSS01_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Certificate Course Spanish

• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Participation Certificate (passed / not
passed)

Foreign Language Spanish

• Study Format "Distance Learning": Exam,
90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
420 DLFSWS_E

Module Contents

Certificate Course Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Foreign Language Spanish

To learn and deepen Spanish as a foreign language at the chosen CEFR level with regard to the
respective qualitative aspects of range, correctness, fluency, interaction and coherence. The
module includes a combination of listening, comprehension, writing and speaking exercises as
well as various course material.

Learning Outcomes
Certificate Course Spanish
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Foreign Language Spanish

On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Distance Learning Bachelor Programmes
field of Languages

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS01_E 421

Certificate Course Spanish

Course Code: DLFSWS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test. Upon
successful completion, students will receive a certificate corresponding to their chosen level.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
422 DLFSWS01_E

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
 DLFSWS01_E 423

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Participation Certificate (passed / not passed)

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
424 DLFSS01_E

Foreign Language Spanish

Course Code: DLFSS01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
The qualification objectives correspond to levels A1, A2, B1 and B2 according to the criteria of the
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Using everyday subject areas,
chosen areas of specialization, and using basic and advanced grammatical structures, the use of
Spanish as a foreign language is taught and practiced according to a CEFR placement test.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ meet the qualification objectives according to the chosen level (A1, A2, B1 or B2) according to
the criteria of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR).
▪ use the foreign language Spanish according to a CEFR placement test on the basis of
everyday topics, selected areas of specialization and by adapting basic and advanced
grammatical structures.

Contents
▪ Depending on the CEFR placement, students will be proficient
▪ to understand and use familiar, everyday expressions and very simple phrases aimed at
satisfying concrete needs. They can introduce themselves and others and ask other
people questions about themselves - e.g. where they live, what kind of people they
know or what kind of things they have - and they can give answers to questions of this
kind. They can communicate in a simple way if the person they are talking to speaks
slowly and clearly and is willing to help. (Level A1)
▪ to understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of
immediate importance (e.g. personal and family information, shopping, work, local
area). You can communicate in simple, routine situations involving a simple and direct
exchange of information about familiar things. You can describe by simple means your
own background and education, immediate environment and things related to
immediate needs. (Level A2)
▪ to understand the main points when clear standard language is used and when it's
about familiar things from work, school, leisure, etc. You can handle most situations
encountered while traveling in the language area. You can express yourself simply and
coherently on familiar topics and personal areas of interest. You can talk about
experiences and events, describe dreams, hopes and goals, and give brief reasons or
explanations for plans and opinions. (Level B1)

www.iu.org
 DLFSS01_E 425

▪ to understand the main content of complex texts on concrete and abstract topics; and
to understand specialist discussions in their own area of specialization. You can
communicate so spontaneously and fluently that a normal conversation with native
speakers is quite possible without major effort on either side. You can express yourself
clearly and in detail on a wide range of topics, explain a point of view on a topical issue
and state the advantages and disadvantages of various options. (Level B2)
▪ Grammar:
▪ Level A1 - present and past tenses, sentence structure, prepositions, etc.
▪ Level A2 - among other things tenses of the past, differences in the past tenses,
imperative, subordinate clauses, pronouns (dative, accusative)
▪ Level B1 - including introduction of past perfect, conjunctions, introduction of passive
voice, adverbs, adjectives (difference), future tense
▪ Level B2 - among others verb constructions, conditional clauses, indirect speech

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ According to the Information given in the Online Course speexx

www.iu.org
426 DLFSS01_E

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Language Course

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

Instructional Methods are provided by the External Service Provider

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS 427

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Module Code: DLBCSIDPITS

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Prof. Dr. Ralf Kneuper (Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security (DLBCSIDPITS01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: myStudies
Exam, 90 Minutes
Study Format: Distance Learning
Exam, 90 Minutes

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Fundamentals of IT Security
▪ Data Protection
▪ IT Security Management
▪ Network and Communication Security

www.iu.org
428 DLBCSIDPITS

Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT &
field(s) of Computer Science & Software Technology field(s).
Development.

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS01 429

Introduction to Data Protection and Cyber Security

Course Code: DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
In this course, the students are familiarized with important concepts from the field of IT security.
Basic terms are introduced and discussed, and typical application fields, areas of IT security
application, and typical procedures and techniques are introduced and described.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ explain the terms and concepts of IT security and know the typical procedures and
techniques which exist in each area.
▪ cite the legal regulations on data protection and explain their implementation.
▪ discuss in-depth IT security management and suitable measures for implementation.
▪ use their overview knowledge of activities and strategies for IT security in software and
system development.

Contents
1. Fundamentals of Data Protection and Cyber Security
1.1 Conceptual Bases, Protection Goals
1.2 Attacks and Threats
1.3 Security Strategy
1.4 Legal Regulations

2. Data Protection
2.1 Data Protection as a Personal Right
2.2 Basic Principles of Data Protection
2.3 EU General Data Protection Regulation
2.4 Further International Regulations on Data Protection
2.5 Cross-Border Data Flow
2.6 Data Protection in Everyday Life

www.iu.org
430 DLBCSIDPITS01

3. Basic Functions of Cyber Security and Their Implementation

3.1 Identification and Authentication
3.2 Rights Management
3.3 Rights Check
3.4 Preservation of Evidence

4. Cyber Security Management

4.1 Basic Concepts and Standards in Cyber Security Management
4.2 Series of Standards ISO 2700x

5. Cyber Security Management in Everyday Life

5.1 Password Management
5.2 Data Backup
5.3 Email Security
5.4 Protection Against Viruses and Other Malware
5.5 Protection Against Social Engineering Attacks

6. Network and Communication Security

6.1 Firewall Technology
6.2 Network Separation
6.3 Security in WLAN, Mobile Networks, Bluetooth, and NFC

7. Cyber Security in the Development of Software and Systems

7.1 Protection of the Development Environment
7.2 Secure Development
7.3 Common Criteria

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Arnold, R. (2017). Cybersecurity: A business solution. An executive perspective on managing
cyber risk. Threat Sketch.
▪ Mattord, H., & Whitman, M. (2017). Management of information security. Cengage.
▪ European Parliament and Council of the European Union. (2016). EU General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR): Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the council of 27
April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal
data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data
Protection Regulation). Official Journal of the European Union. Chapters 1—3

www.iu.org
 DLBCSIDPITS01 431

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
432 DLBCSIDPITS01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Online Lecture

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Exam, 90 Minutes

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
90 h 0h 30 h 30 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☑ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME 433

Model Engineering
Module Code: DLBDSME

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 5 150 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimaldauer: WiSe/SoSe English
1 Semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Model Engineering)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Model Engineering (DLBDSME01)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Study Format: Distance Learning
Written Assessment: Case Study

Weight of Module
see curriculum

Module Contents
▪ Data science methodologies
▪ Model building
▪ Model evaluation
▪ Model combination
▪ Interpretable models

www.iu.org
434 DLBDSME

Learning Outcomes
Model Engineering
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ understand common data science methodologies.
▪ create benchmark models.
▪ analyze models with respect to their interpretability.
▪ apply model validation techniques.
▪ recall established model combination techniques.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
This module is similar to other modules in the All Bachelor Programmes in the IT & Technology
fields of Data Science & Artificial Intelligence fields

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME01 435

Model Engineering
Course Code: DLBDSME01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 none

Course Description
Building high-quality predictive models is one of the core competencies of data scientists. This
course begins with an introduction to relevant data science approaches such as CRISP-DM and
Microsoft Team Data Science. The following section on model building focuses on the best
practices that allow data scientists to build enterprise-grade models. Subsequent chapters
explore techniques for model validation and model combination, also known as ensemble
learning.Traditionally, the most explainable models have not been very powerful, and the most
powerful models have not been very explainable. Nevertheless, interpretable models—and
interpretable machine learning models in particular—are highly desirable in many areas. This
course gives a detailed overview of common approaches, such as surrogate model visualizations,
which illustrate the behavior of the models.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ understand common data science methodologies.

▪ create benchmark models.
▪ analyze models with respect to their interpretability.
▪ apply model validation techniques.
▪ recall established model combination techniques.

Contents
1. Data Science Methodologies
1.1 CRISP-DM
1.2 MS Team Data Science

2. Model Building
2.1 Establishing a benchmark model
2.2 Workflow automation
2.3 Model persistence and model versioning

3. Model Evaluation
3.1 Under- and overfitting
3.2 Cross validation

www.iu.org
436 DLBDSME01

4. Interpretable models
4.1 Why interpretable models?
4.2 Black-box versus interpretable models
4.3 Visualizers for convolutional neural networks
4.4 Surrogate models

5. Combining Learning Models

5.1 Bagging
5.2 Boosting
5.3 Model stacking

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Chapman, P. (n.d.). CRISP-DM user guide [PDF document]. Retrieved from https://s2.smu.edu/
~mhd/8331f03/crisp.pdf
▪ Geron, A. (2017). Hands-on machine learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied predictive modeling
.
New York, NY: Springer.
▪ Maydanchik, A. (2007). Data quality assessment
.
Denville, NJ: Technics Publications.
▪ Microsoft. (2017). Team Data Science process documentation [training module]. Retrieved
from
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/machine-learning/team-data-science-process/
overview
▪ Molnar, C. (2019). Interpretable machine learning: A guide for making black box models
explainable. Retrieved from
https://christophm.github.io/interpretable-ml-book/
▪ Müller, A., & Guido, S. (2016). Introduction to machine learning with Python: A guide for data
scientists
.
Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.
▪ Zheng, A. (2015). Evaluating machine learning models. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly.

www.iu.org
 DLBDSME01 437

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Case Study

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: yes

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Case Study

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
110 h 0h 20 h 20 h 0h 150 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☑ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☑ Guideline
☑ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☑ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
DLBDSME01
 DLBSG_E 439

Studium Generale
Module Code: DLBSG_E

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum None BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
N.N. (Studium Generale I) / N.N. (Studium Generale II)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Studium Generale I (DLBSG01_E)

▪ Studium Generale II (DLBSG02_E)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Studium Generale I

Studium Generale II

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
440 DLBSG_E

Module Contents

Studium Generale I

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Studium Generale II

In principle, all IU bachelor courses can be selected as courses for the "Studium Generale", so that
the content can be chosen from the entire breadth of the IU distance learning program.

Learning Outcomes
Studium Generale I
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Studium Generale II
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU
Program International University of Applied Sciences
It is a stand-alone offering with possible All IU Distance Learning Bachelor Programs
references to various required and elective
modules

www.iu.org
 DLBSG01_E 441

Studium Generale I
Course Code: DLBSG01_E

Study Level Language of Instruction CP Admission Requirements

BA English 5 None

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale I", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more on
issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale I" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements can be chosen for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
442 DLBSG02_E

Studium Generale II
Course Code: DLBSG02_E

Study Level Language of Instruction CP Admission Requirements

BA English None

Course Description
In the course "Studium Generale II", students deepen their knowledge in a self-selected subject
area by completing an IU course outside their applicable curriculum. This gives them the
opportunity to look beyond their own subject area and acquire further competencies. The
associated option enables students to self-determine their study content to focus even more on
issues relevant to them and/or to strengthen or develop selected competencies.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ apply acquired key competencies to issues in their field of study and/or in their professional
environment.
▪ to deepen one's own skills and abilities in a self-directed manner.
▪ to look beyond the boundaries of their own area of expertise.

Contents
▪ The course "Studium Generale II" offers students the opportunity to take courses outside of
their curriculum and the result can be credited as an elective subject. In principle, all IU
bachelor courses that fulfill the following requirements can be chosen for this purpose:
▪ They are not part of an integral part of the applicable mandatory curriculum.
▪ They do not have admission requirements or students can prove that they have met the
admission requirement.
▪ The examination of the selected courses must be taken in full and finally passed in order to
be credited as part of the 'Studium Generale' .

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ See course description of the selected course

www.iu.org
 DLBBT 443

Bachelor Thesis
Module Code: DLBBT

Module Type Admission Requirements Study Level CP Student Workload

see curriculum none BA 10 300 h

Semester / Term Duration Regularly offered in Language of Instruction

see curriculum Minimum WiSe/SoSe English
1 semester

Module Coordinator
Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Bachelor Thesis) / Degree Program Advisor (SGL) (Colloquium)

Contributing Courses to Module

▪ Bachelor Thesis (DLBBT01)

▪ Colloquium (DLBBT02)

Module Exam Type

Module Exam Split Exam

Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "myStudies": Written
Assessment: Bachelor Thesis
• Study Format "Distance Learning": Written
Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Colloquium
• Study Format "myStudies": Presentation:
Colloquium
• Study Format "Distance Learning":
Presentation: Colloquium

Weight of Module
see curriculum

www.iu.org
444 DLBBT

Module Contents

Bachelor Thesis
▪ Bachelor's thesis
▪ Colloquium on the bachelor's thesis

Colloquium

Learning Outcomes
Bachelor Thesis
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Colloquium
On successful completion, students will be able to
▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Links to other Modules within the Study Links to other Study Programs of IU International
Program University of Applied Sciences
All modules in the bachelor program All bachelor programs in distance learning

www.iu.org
 DLBBT01 445

Bachelor Thesis
Course Code: DLBBT01

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 9 none

Course Description
The aim and purpose of the bachelor's thesis is to successfully apply the subject-specific and
methodological competencies acquired during the course of study in the form of an academic
dissertation with a thematic reference to the major field of study. The content of the bachelor's
thesis can be a practical-empirical or theoretical-scientific problem. Students should prove that
they can independently analyze a selected problem with scientific methods, critically evaluate it,
and work out proposed solutions under the subject-methodological guidance of an academic
supervisor. The topic chosen by the student from their respective field of study should meet the
acquired scientific competences, deepening their academic knowledge and skills in order to meet
the future needs of the field.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ work on a problem from their major field of study by applying the specialist and
methodological skills they have acquired during their studies.
▪ independently analyze selected tasks with scientific methods, critically evaluate them, and
develop appropriate solutions under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
▪ record and analyze existing (research) literature appropriate to the topic of their bachelor's
thesis.
▪ prepare a detailed written elaboration in compliance with scientific methods.

Contents
▪ The bachelor's thesis must be written on a topic that relates to the content of the respective
major field of study. In the context of the bachelor's thesis, the problem, as well as the
scientific research goal, must be clearly emphasized. The work must reflect the current state
of knowledge of the topic to be examined by means of an appropriate literature analysis. The
student must prove their ability to use the acquired knowledge theoretically and/or
empirically in the form of an independent and problem-solution-oriented application.

www.iu.org
446 DLBBT01

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Hunziker, A.W. (2010): Spaß am wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten. So schreiben Sie eine gute
Semester-, Bachelor- oder Masterarbeit. 4. Auflage, Verlag SKV, Zürich.
▪ Wehrlin, U. (2010): Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten und Schreiben. Leitfaden zur Erstellung von
Bachelorarbeit, Masterarbeit und Dissertation – von der Recherche bis zur
Buchveröffentlichung. AVM, München.
▪ Selection of literature according to topic

www.iu.org
 DLBBT01 447

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Thesis

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
270 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 270 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
448 DLBBT01

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Thesis

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Written Assessment: Bachelor Thesis

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
270 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 270 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☑ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBBT02 449

Colloquium
Course Code: DLBBT02

Study Level Language of Instruction Contact Hours CP Admission Requirements

BA English 1 none

Course Description
The colloquium will take place after the submission of the bachelor’s thesis. This is done at the
invitation of the experts. During the colloquium, students must prove that they have
independently produced the content and results of the written work. The content of the
colloquium is a presentation of the most important work contents and research results by the
student as well as the answering of questions by experts.

Course Outcomes
On successful completion, students will be able to

▪ present a problem from their field of study using academic presentation and communication
techniques.
▪ reflect on the scientific and methodological approach chosen in their bachelor's thesis.
▪ demonstrate that they can actively answer subject-related questions from the subject
experts (reviewers of the bachelor’s thesis).

Contents
▪ The colloquium includes a presentation of the most important results of the bachelor's
thesis, followed by the student answering the reviewers' technical questions.

Literature

Compulsory Reading

Further Reading
▪ Renz, K.-C. (2016): Das 1 x 1 der Präsentation. Für Schule, Studium und Beruf. 2. Auflage,
Springer Gabler, Wiesbaden.

www.iu.org
450 DLBBT02

Study Format myStudies

Study Format Course Type

myStudies Thesis Defense

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Presentation: Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
30 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 30 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org
 DLBBT02 451

Study Format Distance Learning

Study Format Course Type

Distance Learning Thesis Defense

Information about the examination

Examination Admission Requirements BOLK: no

Course Evaluation: no

Type of Exam Presentation: Colloquium

Student Workload

Self Study Presence Tutorial Self Test Practical Experience Hours Total
30 h 0h 0h 0h 0h 30 h

Instructional Methods

☐ Learning Sprints® ☐ Review Book

☐ Course Book ☐ Creative Lab
☐ Vodcast ☐ Guideline
☐ Shortcast ☐ Live Tutorium/Course Feed
☐ Audio
☐ Exam Template

www.iu.org